advertisement
48/50HC 17---28
Single Package Rooftop Units with ComfortLINK Controls Version 1.X
and PURONr (R---410A) Refrigerant
Controls, Start---Up, Operation and Troubleshooting
NOTE: Although the ComfortLink software (v1.x) and this document reference the Humidi--MiZert, the factory installed Humidi--MiZer option is not available for EnergyX equipped 48/50HC 17--28 units as of this time.
IMPORTANT: This literature covers 48/50HC 17--28 models with
ComfortLink Software version 1.x.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
GENERAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC CONTROL USAGE
ComfortLink Control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrolling Marquee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Navigator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Pilott and Touch Pilot Devices
CCN Tables and Display
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conventions Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
START--UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerant Service Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankcase Heater(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor Rotation
Power Supply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporator Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condenser Fans and Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return--Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outdoor--Air Inlet Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Installation
Orifice Change (48HC)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Heat (48HC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EnergyX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROLS QUICK SET--UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Set Point and Confirmation Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct Wired
(T--55 or T--56 or T--59) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
3
3
2
3
3
6
6
7
6
6
6
7
8
7
7
T--58 Communicating Room Sensor
CCN Linkage Control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Pilot -- Communication Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermidistat Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Space Humidistat Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relative Humidity Sensor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CCN Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming Operating Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERVICE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
9
11
Independent Outputs
Fan Test
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
THIRD PARTY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
11
11
12
12
12 Cooling/Heating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dehumidification Control
Remote Occupancy
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Shutdown
Alarm Output
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
12
12
12
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Economizer Damper Control
CONTROLS OPERATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Setpoint Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occupancy Determination
Cooling Operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating Operation
Economizer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EnergyX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Compensated Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)R Configuration . . . . . . . . .
21
23
23
23
15
16
17
19
13
13
14
14
12
13
13
Demand Limit
Linkage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Complete Unit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restart Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarms and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control Module Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economizer Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Loss Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermistor Troubleshooting
Transducer Troubleshooting
Forcing Inputs and Outputs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Base Board (MBB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economizer Control Board (ECB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board
Low Voltage Terminal Strip (TB 1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Interface Board
Central Terminal Board
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrolling Marquee Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Navigatort Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
EnergyX
R Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field--Installed Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND
CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APPENDIX B -- CONTROL MODES WITH
Humidi--MiZert SYSTEM AND ECONOMIZER . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG . . . .
UNIT START--UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
74
75
81
42
42
47
49
51
52
52
52
38
39
39
34
35
38
54
54
54
56
56
56
25
25
25
24
24
24
25
32
32
33
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of replacing filters.
Trained service personnel should perform all other operations.
When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit, and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.
Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Have fire extinguisher available. Read these instructions thoroughly and follow all warnings or cautions attached to the unit. Consult local building codes and National Electrical Code (NEC) for special requirements.
Recognize safety information. This is the safety--alert symbol .
When you see this symbol on the unit and in instructions or manuals, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Understand the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and
CAUTION. These words are used with the safety--alert symbol.
DANGER identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal injury or death. WARNING signifies a hazard which could result in personal injury or death. CAUTION is used to identify unsafe practices which may result in minor personal injury or product and property damage. NOTE is used to highlight suggestions which will result in enhanced installation, reliability, or operation.
!
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Failure to follow this warning could cause personal injury or death.
Before performing service or maintenance operations on unit, turn off main power switch to unit and install lockout tag. Ensure electrical service to rooftop unit agrees with voltage and amperage listed on the unit rating plate.
!
CAUTION
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD
Failure to follow this caution may cause equipment damage.
This unit uses a microprocessor--based electronic control system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out components or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short--to--ground of the control board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic modules or electrical components.
2
!
WARNING
FIRE, EXPLOSION HAZARD
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury, death and/or property damage.
Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service, or maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information Manual provided with this unit for more details.
Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone in your building.
3.IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department.
GENERAL
This publication contains Start--Up, Controls, Operation, Service, and Troubleshooting information for the 48/50HC rooftop units.
(See Table 1.) These units are equipped with ComfortLink controls version 1.X or higher and use Puronr refrigerant. The specific base unit installation instructions, service manual and/or wiring label diagram may also be required in conjunction with this book as a guide to a specific unit on the roof. All the units in table 1 are
Constant Volume (CV) units that provide stand--alone or network operation.
MODEL
48/50HC
Table 1 – Rooftop Units
SIZE
17
20
24
28
NOMINAL TONS
15
18
20
25
BASIC CONTROL USAGE
ComfortLink Control
The ComfortLink control is a comprehensive unit-management system. The control system is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The ComfortLink control is fully communicating and cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) building management system.
The control provides high-speed communications for remote monitoring via the Internet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other ComfortLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire communication bus.
The ComfortLink control system is easy to access through the use of a unit-mounted display module. There is no need to bring a separate computer to this unit for start-up. Access to control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from 11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations of control information. Only four, large, easy-to-use buttons are required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The display readout is designed to be visible even in bright sunlight.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held Navigator™ module is also available. This portable device has an extended communication cable that can be plugged into the unit’s communication network at the main control box. The Navigator display provides the same menu structure, control access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted Scrolling Marquee display.
MODE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
Alarm Status
ESCAPE ENTER
C06320
Fig. 1 -- Scrolling Marquee
Scrolling Marquee
This device is the keypad interface used to access the control information, read sensor values, and test the unit. The Scrolling
Marquee is located in the main control box and is standard on all units. The Scrolling Marquee display is a 4-key, 4-character,
16-segment LED (light-emitting diode) display module. The display also contains an Alarm Status LED. (See Fig. 1.)
The display is easy to operate using 4 buttons and a group of 11
LEDs that indicate the following menu structures:
S Run Status
S
Service Test
S Temperatures
S
Pressures
S Set points
S Inputs
S
Outputs
S Configuration
S
Timeclock
S Operating Modes
S
Alarms
Through the Scrolling Marquee, the user can access all of the inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure operating parameters plus evaluate the current decision status for operating modes. The control also includes an alarm history which can be accessed from the display. In addition, through the Scrolling
Marquee, the user can access a built-in test routine that can be used at start-up commissioning and to diagnose operational problems with the unit. (See Table 2.)
3
Accessory Navigator Display
The accessory hand-held Navigator display can be used with the
48/50HC units. (See Fig. 2.) The Navigator display operates the same way as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator display is plugged into the LEN (local equipment network) port on either
CIB or the J3 port on the ECB (economizer control board).
TIME
EWT
LWT
SETP
C o m f o
N A V
I G A r t
L i n k
T O R
1 2 . 5 8
°
4 4 . 1
4 4 . 0
°
°
F
F
F
M O D
E
Service
Test
Temper ature s
Pres sures
Setpo ints
Inputs
Outp uts
Config uratio
Time C lock n
Operating
Alarm s
Modes
E S C
Alarm
Sta tus
E NTE
R
C06321
Fig. 2 -- Accessory Navigator Display
Operation
All units are shipped from the factory with the Scrolling Marquee display, which is located in the main control box. (See Fig. 1.) In addition, the ComfortLink control also supports the use of the handheld Navigator display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComfortLink control system. The displays have up and down arrow keys, an ESCAPE key and an ENTER key. These keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure. The Navigator display and the Scrolling Marquee operate in the same manner, except that the Navigator display has multiple lines of display and the Scrolling Marquee has a single line. All further discussions and examples in this document will be based on the Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 2 for the menu structure.
The four keys are used to navigate through the display structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default to the AUTO
VIEW display category as shown under the RUN STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the ESCAPE key until a blank display is shown. Then use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the top-level categories. These are listed in
Appendix A and will be indicated on the Scrolling Marquee by the
LED next to each mode listed on the face of the display.
When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the ENTER key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there may be additional tiers. Continue to use the up and down keys and the
ENTER keys until the desired display item is found. At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing the ESCAPE key.
Once an item has been selected the display will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and then followed by the item units (if any).
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD when required.
Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously will scroll an expanded text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys when the display is blank (MODE LED level) will return the display to its default menu of rotating AUTO VIEW display items.
In addition, the password will need to be entered again before changes can be made.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the display is in rotating auto-view, press the ENTER key to stop the display at the desired item. Press the ENTER key again so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the value of state of an item and press the ENTER key to accept it. Press the ESCAPE key and the item, value or units display will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
There are some points that can be forced from the Scrolling
Marquee or the Navigator. If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process as when editing a configuration parameter.
A forced variable, regardless where the force has come from will be displayed with a blinking “.” on a Scrolling Marquee and a blinking “f” on a Navigator following its value. For example, if economizer commanded position (EC.CP) is forced, the Navigator display shows “80f”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on the point. The Scrolling Marquee display shows “80.” Where the
“.” is blinking to signify a force on the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced with the key ENTER and then pressing the up and down arrow keys simultaneously.
Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various Mode categories may not apply.
System Pilott and Touch Pilot Devices
The System Pilot device (33PILOT-01) and Touch Pilot device
(33CNTPILOT) can be used as CCN communication user--interfaces. These devices can be put on the CCN bus and addressed to communicate with any other device on the network.
Unlike the Scrolling Marquee and Navigator, these pilots read the unit’s CCN tables and its CCN points can be monitored, forced, or configured. The Pilot devices can be used to install and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage compatible air source, universal controller, and all other devices operating on the Carrier communicating network.
Additionally, the System Pilot device can serve as a wall-mounted temperature sensor for space temperature measurement. The occupant can use the System Pilot device to change set points. A security feature is provided to limit access of features for unauthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot device details.
CCN Tables and Display
In addition to the unit--mounted Scrolling Marquee display, the user can also access the same information through the CCN tables by using the Service tool or other CCN programs/devices. The variable names used for the CCN tables and the Scrolling Marquee menus may be different and more items may be displayed in the
CCN tables. Details on the CCN tables are included with the local display menus in Appendix A. Appendix A is structured towards the organization of the local display (Scrolling Marquee) menus.
Because of the variety of CCN programs and devices, the CCN tables, sub--tables, and points are referenced within that organization.
4
RUN
STATUS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)
Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)
↓
Control
Modes
(MODE)
↓
Cooling
Status
(COOL)
↓
Heating
Status
(HEAT)
Economizer
Status
(ECON)
Outside Air
Unit Status
(OAU)
↓
Component
Run Hours
(HRS)
↓
Component
Starts
(STRT)
SERVICE
TEST
Service Test
Mode
(TEST)
↓
Test Independent
Outputs
(INDP)
↓
Test Fans
(FANS)
↓
Test Cooling
(COOL)
↓
Test
Humidi-MiZer™
(HMZR)
Test Heating
(HEAT)
Table 2 – Scrolling Marquee Mode and Menu Display Structure
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES SETPOINTS
Air
Temperatures
(AIR.T)
↓
Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REF.T)
INPUTS
Thermostat
Inputs
(STAT)
↓
General
Inputs
(GEN.I)
↓
Air Quality
Inputs
(AIR.Q)
OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION
Fan
Outputs
(FANS)
↓
Cool
Outputs
(COOL)
↓
Heat
Outputs
(HEAT)
↓
Economizer
Outputs
(ECON)
Display
Configuration
(DISP)
Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)
↓
Indoor Fan
Configuration
(I.FAN)
Alarm
Relay
(ALRM)
Cooling
Configuration
(COOL)
↓
Humidi-MiZer™
Config.
(HMZR)
↓
Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)
↓
Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)
↓
Air Quality
Cfg.
(AIR.Q)
↓
Outside Air Unit
Configuration
(OAU)
↓
Alarm Relay
Config.
(ALM.O)
↓
Sensor
Calibration
(TRIM)
↓
CCN
Configuration
(CCN)
TIME
CLOCK
Time of
Day
(TIME)
↓
Month,
Date
Day and
Year
(DATE)
↓
Daylight
Savings
Time
(DST)
↓
Local Time
Schedule
(SCH.L)
↓
Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)
OPERATING
MODES
Control
Modes
(MODE)
↓
Cool Mode
Diagnostic
(COOL)
↓
Heat Mode
Diagnostic
(HEAT)
↓
Economizer
Diagnostic
(ECON)
↓
Outside
Air Unit
Diagnostic
(OAU)
↓
Demand
Listing
(DMD.L)
ALARMS
Reset All
Current
Alarms
(R.CURR)
Reset
Alarm
History
(R.HIST)
↓
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CURR)
↓
Alarm
HIstory
(HIST)
NAVIGATE/
EXIT
SCROLL
+
-
PAGE
Fig. 3 -- System Pilott User Interface
MODIFY/
SELECT
C06322
Generic Status Display Table
The GENERIC points table allows the service/installer the ability to create a custom table in which up to 20 points from the 5 CCN categories (Points, Config, Service--Config, Set Point, and
Maintenance) may be collected and displayed.
In the Service--Config table section, there is a table named
“GENERICS.” This table contains placeholders for up to 20 CCN point names and allows the user to decide which points are displayed in the GENERIC points sub--table under the status display table. Each one of these placeholders allows the input of an
8--character ASCII string. Using a CCN interface, enter the Edit mode for the Service--Config table “GENERICS” and enter the
CCN name for each point to be displayed in the custom points table in the order they will be displayed. When done entering point names, download the table to the rooftop unit control.
IMPORTANT: The computer system software (ComfortVIEWt,
Service Tool, etc.) that is used to interact with CCN controls, always saves a template of items it considers as static (e.g., limits, units, forcibility, 24--character text strings, and point names) after the software uploads the tables from a control. Thereafter, the software is only concerned with run time data like value and hardware/force status. With this in mind, it is important that anytime a change is made to the Service--Config table
“GENERICS” (which in turn changes the points contained in the
GENERIC point table), that a complete new upload be performed.
This requires that any previous table database be completely removed first. Failure to do this will not allow the user to display the new points that have been created and the CCN interface will have a different table database than the unit control.
Force Hierarchy
There is a hierarchy in CCN with regards to forcing a point.
Programs and devices write a force at different priority levels. A higher level (smaller number, 1 being the highest) will override a lower level force. The Scrolling Marquee uses a Control Force at level 7. The Navigator writes a Service Force which is level 3.
System Pilots and Touch Pilots write Supervisor Forces at level 4.
Network programs can be set to write different level priority forces.
5
Conventions Used in This Manual
The following conventions for discussing configuration points for the local display (Scrolling Marquee or Navigator™ accessory) will be used in this manual.
Point names will be written with the Mode name first, then any submodes, then the point name, each separated by an arrow symbol
(→). Names will also be shown in bold and italics. As an example, the Thermostat Control Type which is located in the Configuration mode, and Unit sub-mode would be written as Configuration→
UNIT→T.CTL.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user would scroll through the modes and sub-modes using the up and down keys. The arrow symbol in the path name represents pressing
ENTER to move into the next level of the menu structure.
When a value is included as part of the path name, it will be shown at the end of the path name after an equals sign. If the value represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be shown in parenthesis after the value.
As
Configuration→UNIT→T.CTL = 1 (1 Stage Y1).
an example,
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously will scroll an expanded text description of the point name across the display.
The expanded description is shown in the local display tables but will not be shown with the path names in text.
The CCN point names are also referenced in the local display tables for users configuring the unit with CCN software instead of the local display. See Appendix A of this manual.
START-UP
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even momentarily, until all items on the Start--Up Checklist (see page 81) and the following steps have been read/completed.
Unit Preparation
Check that unit has been installed in accordance with these installation instructions and all applicable codes.
Compressor Mounting
Compressors are internally spring mounted. Do not loosen or remove compressor holddown bolts.
Refrigerant Service Ports
Each independent refrigerant system has a total of 3 Schrader-type service gauge ports per circuit. One port is located on the suction line, one on the compressor discharge line, and one on the liquid line. Be sure that caps on the ports are tight.
Crankcase Heater(s)
Compressor crankcase heater operation varies depending on the unit size and type. In general for all units, the crankcase heaters are energized if there is power to the unit and the compressor is not operating.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to start--up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may result.
Compressor Rotation
!
CAUTION
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD
Failure to follow this caution may result in unit damage.
Improper wiring will cause compressor stoppage and alarm.
Correct wiring by switching leads as indicated below.
On 3-phase units, it is important to be certain the compressors are rotating in the proper direction. To determine whether or not compressors are rotating in the proper direction, use a phase-rotation meter on the unit input power to check for
L1-L2-L3 or clockwise rotation or use the Service Test mode to energize a compressor. If the compressor is rotating in the wrong direction, the controls will stop the compressor and display alarm for “Circuit x Failure to Pressurize,” where x is the corresponding
A or B compressor circuit.
NOTE: Indoor or outdoor fan rotation direction may not indicate proper input power phase sequence, as some 3-phase units use single-phase fan motors.
To correct the wrong compressor rotation direction, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off power to the unit and lock out the power.
2. Switch any two of the incoming unit power leads.
3. Turn on power to the unit.
4. Verify corrected compressor rotation.
Power Supply
All 208/230-v units are factory wired for 230-v power supply. If the 208/230-v unit is to be connected to a 208-v power supply, the transformers (TRAN1, TRAN2 and TRAN3) must be rewired by moving the wire from the 230-volt connection and moving to the
200-volt terminal on the primary side of the transformer. Refer to unit label diagram for additional information.
Internal Wiring
Check all electrical connections in unit control boxes; tighten as required.
Evaporator Fan
Fan belt and variable pulleys are factory--installed, but may need to be adjusted for specific applications. Be sure that the fans rotate in the proper direction.
NOTE: Units equipped a VFD still must conform to minimum
CFM requirements at all times and the fan speed configurations must be set for this compliance.
Condenser Fans and Motors
Condenser fans and motors are factory set.
Return--Air Filters
Check that correct filters are installed in filter tracks (see Physical
Data table in Installation Instructions). Do not operate unit without return-air filters.
Outdoor--Air Inlet Screens
Outdoor-air inlet screens must be in place before operating unit.
Accessory Installation
Check to make sure that all accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit wiring diagrams.
Orifice Change (48HC)
This unit is factory assembled for heating operation using natural gas at an elevation from sea level to 2000 ft.
Use accessory high altitude kit when installing this unit at an elevation of 2000 to 7000 ft. For elevations above 7000 ft, refer to
High Altitude section to identify the correct orifice size for the elevation. Purchase these orifices from your local Carrier dealer.
Follow instructions in accessory Installation Instructions to install the correct orifices.
Use accessory LP (liquid propane) gas conversion kit when converting this unit for use with LP fuel usage for elevations up to
7000 ft. For elevations above 7000 ft, refer to High Altitude section to identify the correct orifice size for the elevation.
Purchase these orifices from your local Carrier dealer. Follow instructions in accessory Installation Instructions to install the correct orifices.
6
INDOOR BLOWER
ACCESS PANEL
OUTDOOR AIR
SCREEN
(HIDDEN)
GAS SECTION
ACCESS PANEL
CONTROL BOX
ACCESS PANEL
FILTER AND
INDOOR COIL
ACCESS PANEL
C11475
Fig. 4 -- 48/50HC 17--28 Size Units, Panel and Filter Locations (48HC*17 Unit Shown)
Gas Heat (48HC)
Inspect the gas heat section of the unit. Verify the number of burners match the number of heat exchanger openings and the burner assembly is properly aligned. If the orifices were changed out for elevation or Liquid Propane purposes, verify proper installation. Visually inspect other components in heat section.
Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external to unit.
2. Connect pressure gauge to supply gas tap, located on field-supplied manual shutoff valve. (See Fig. 5.)
MANUAL SHUT OFF
(FIELD SUPPLIED)
GAS
SUPPLY
PRESSURE TAP
(1/8˝ NPT PLUG)
5. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify the supply gas pressure is adequate per the base unit installation instructions. If not, adjust accordingly.
NOTE: Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.0--in. wg.
6. Set Service Test→HEAT→HT.1 to OFF using Scrolling
Marquee.
7. Remove jumper wire if the unit will be operating under thermostat mode. The jumper must remain if a space temperature sensor (T-55, T-56, T-58, or System Pilot™ device) will control the unit.
8. Exit Service Test mode by setting Service Test→TEST to
“OFF” using the Scrolling Marquee.
EnergyX
For units equipped with the EnergyX factory installed option, there is an EnergyX Supplement Installation Instructions in the unit’s information packet. Follow the start up sequence and complete the start up checklist contained in the EnergyX Supplement to complete unit startup.
TO
UNIT
UNION
SEDIMENT TRAP
Fig. 5 -- Field Gas Piping
C09242
3. Connect pressure gauge to manifold pressure tap.
4. Turn on field-supplied manual gas stop. Enter Service Test mode by setting Service Test→TEST to “ON” using the
Scrolling Marquee display. Temporarily install the jumper wire between “R” and “W1” on TB A. Use the Service Test feature to set Service Test→HEAT→HT.1 to ON (first stage of heat) using the Scrolling Marquee.
7
CONTROLS QUICK SET--UP
The following information will provide a quick guide to setting up and configuring the 48/50HC series units with ComfortLink controls. Unit controls are pre-configured at the factory for factory-installed options. Field-installed accessories will require configuration at start-up. Service Test is recommended for initial start--up. Additionally, specific job requirements may require changes to default configuration values. See the CCN and Display parameter tables and other sections of these instructions for more details. Refer to the Major System Components or accessory installation instructions for specific wiring detail.
Control Set Point and Configuration Log
During start up, accessory installation, and equipment service set points and/or configuration changes might have to be made. When setting set points or changing configuration settings, documentation is recommend. The Control Log starting on page
NO TAG. should be filled out and left with the unit at all times, a copy should also be provided to the equipment owner.
Thermostat Control
Wire accessory thermostat to the corresponding R, Y1, Y2, W1,
W2, and G terminals on the field connection terminal board located at the unit control box.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
→UNIT→U.CTL, default value is for Thermostat (2) so there is no need to configure this item.
The Thermostat Control Type, Configuration →UNIT→T.CTL, selects the unit response to the thermostat inputs above.
NOTE: May not be compatible with heat anticipator thermostats.
Space Temperature Sensor Control -- Direct Wired
(T--55 or T--56 or T--59)
Wire accessory space temperature sensor(s) to the T-55 terminals on the field connection terminal board located at the unit control box. Refer to Field-Installed Accessories section for additional information.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
→UNIT→U.CTL, must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between R and W1 on TB A for heating mode to operate.
T--58 Communicating Room Sensor
Install the T-58 communicating thermostat. Connect the CCN communication bus from the T-58 to the CCN terminals on the field connection terminal board located at the unit control box.
Configure the unit’s CCN communication element number, bus number, and baud rate. Configure the T--58’s CCN communication bus number and baud rate the same as the unit, while the element number has to be different. Configure the T--58 to send SPT to the unit’s element number. Refer to the Field--Installed Accessories section for additional information.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
→UNIT→U.CTL, must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between R and W1 on TB A for heating mode to operate.
CCN Linkage Control
The CCN communication must be properly configured for the
48/50HC units and all other devices. Linkage configuration is automatically done by the supervisory CCN Linkage device.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
→UNIT→U.CTL must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between R and W1 on TB A for heating mode to operate.
Installation of an accessory supply air temperature (SAT) sensor in the supply duct is recommended for Linkage applications. A supply duct SAT measurement is valid for heating mode display, while the factory-standard internal SAT is not valid for heating due to its location upstream of the heating section. When installing the supply duct SAT, the heating mode display is enabled by setting
Configuration→HEAT→SAT.H to ENBL.
Installation of an accessory return air temperature (RAT) sensor in the return duct and wired to the space sensor input is recommended for Linkage applications. This will allow the unit to continue to run if Linkage communication is lost.
System Pilot -- Communication Space Sensor
Install the System Pilot and connect the CCN communication bus from it to the unit’s CCN connection on the low voltage terminal board. Configure the unit’s CCN communication element number, bus number, and baud rate. Refer to the System Pilot’s installation instructions for configuring it to be used as a space temperature and attaching it to a unit.
Thermidistat Control
The thermidistat is a thermostat and humidistat combined and the inputs are provided on the field connection terminal board. The unit control type configuration, Configuration→UNIT→U.CTL, default value is for thermostat (2) so there is no need to configure this item.
The thermostat control type configuration,
Configuration→UNIT→T.CTL, selects the unit response to the thermostat inputs above. The space humidity switch configuration,
Configuration→UNIT→RH.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input at LOW humidity (only on
Humidi-MiZer™ units).
Space Humidistat Control
For units with the factory Humidi-MiZer™ option, the humidistat input is provided on the field connection terminal board. The Space Humidity Switch configuration,
Configuration→UNIT→RH.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input at LOW humidity.
Relative Humidity Sensor Control
For units with the factory installed Humidi-MiZer™ option and the economizer option (with the ECB--economizer control board), the humidity sensor input is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB B). The sensor can be used in addition to or instead of a humidistat or thermidistat. The RH Sensor on OAQ Input configuration, Configuration→UNIT→RH.S=YES, identifies that the sensor is being used instead of an OAQ sensor. Adjust RH setpoints as needed. Terminal LPWR is the 24vdc loop power and Terminal
SPRH is the 4--20 mA signal input. Refer to the Field Installed
Accessories and Humidi-MiZer™ Operation sections for more information.
CCN Communication
Configure Configuration→CCN→CCN.A to desired element number. (Default is 1.) Configure Configuration→CCN→ CCN.B to desired bus number.
(Default is 0.) Configure
Configuration→CCN→BAUD to desired code number for baud rate (Default is 3 = 9600 baud).
Accessories
Below are quick configuration settings for field installed accessories. If these accessories were installed by the factory, they will already be configured. See the Field--Installed Accessories section, third party control, control connection tables, and CCN or
Display parameter tables for any accessories not mentioned below and any additional information on accessories.
Economizer
If an Economizer accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→ECON→EC.EN to
YES. The default settings for the other economizer configurations should be satisfactory. If they need to be changed, additional information about these configuration settings can be found in the
Economizer section.
Power Exhaust
If a Power Exhaust accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→ECON→PE.EN to
ENBL. The default settings for the other power exhaust configurations should be satisfactory. If they need to be changed, additional information about these configurations can be found in the Power Exhaust section.
Electric Heat
If an Electric Heat accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→HEAT→HT.TY to a value of 2. The number of electric heat stages must be configured by setting Configuration→HEAT→N.HTR per the installed heater.
Fire Shutdown
If a Fire Shutdown or Smoke Detector accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting
Configuration→UNIT→FS.SW to normally open (1) or normally closed (2) when there is not a fire alarm. Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
8
Outdoor Enthalpy
If an Outdoor Enthalpy accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→ECON→EN.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input when the outdoor enthalpy is low.
IAQ Switch
If an IAQ Switch accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→AIR.Q→II.CF, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input when the indoor air quality value is low (good) and also selects the unit response to this input.
NOTE: An IAQ switch cannot be used if an enthalpy switch is already on this input.
IAQ Sensor
If an CO
2
Sensor accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→AIR.Q→IA.CF selects the unit response to this input. Default conversion to 0 to
2000 ppm.
OAQ Sensor
If an Outdoor Air Quality Sensor accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→AIR.Q
→OA.CF selects the unit response to this input. Default conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm.
Fan Status
If a Fan Status accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→UNIT→FN.SW to normally open (1) or normally closed (2). Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
Filter Status
If a Filter Status accessory was field installed, the unit must be configured for it by setting Configuration→UNIT→FL.SW to normally open (1) or normally closed (2). Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
Programming Operating Schedules
The ComfortLink controls will accommodate up to eight different schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule includes an occupied on and off time. As an example, to set an occupied schedule for 8
AM to 5 PM for Monday through Friday, the user would set days
Monday through Friday to ON for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1 Occupied From point to 08:00 and the
Period 1 Occupied To point to 17:00. To create a different weekend schedule, the user would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and
Sunday to ON with the desired Occupied On and Off times.
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are programmed for
24 hours of occupied operation.
To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (Configuration→CCN→SCH.O=SCH.N).
If password protection has been enabled, the user will be prompted to enter the password before any new data is accepted. SCH.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default value is 1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the unit will follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99 means it will follow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2--64 are not used as the control only supports one internal/local schedule. If one of the 2--64 schedules is configured, then the control will force the number back to 1. Make sure the value is set to 1 to use a local schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (SCH.L) sub--mode, and press
ENTER. Period 1 (PER.1) will be displayed.
3. Scroll down to the MON.1 point. This point indicates if schedule 1 applies to Monday. Use the ENTER command to go into Edit mode, and use the Up or Down key to change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through the rest of the days and apply schedule 1 where desired. The schedule can also be applied to a holiday.
4. Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Press ENTER to go into Edit mode, and the first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the
Up or Down key to display the correct value for hours, in
24--hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the same procedure to display and save the desired minutes value.
5. Configure the unoccupied time for period 1 (UNC). Press
ENTER to go into Edit mode, and the first two digits of the
00.00 will start flashing. Use the Up or Down key to display the correct value for hours, in 24--hour (military) time. Press
ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the same procedure to display and save the desired minutes value.
6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule is needed, such as for weekends or holidays, scroll down and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). If additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided. See
Table 3 for an example of setting the schedule.
9
DISPLAY
MENU
TIMECLOCK
SCH.L
SUB-SUB
MODE
PER.1
Table 3 – Setting an Occupied Time Schedule — Weekdays Only for 7:30 to 22:30
ITEM
OCC.1
OCC.1
UNC.1
UNC.1
MON.1
MON.1
TUE.1
TUE.1
WED.1
WED.1
THU.1
THU.1
FRI.1
FRI.1
DISPLAY
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
22.00
22.00
22.30
22.30
22.30
NO
00.00
00.00
07.00
07.00
07.30
07.30
07.30
00.00
00.00
00.00
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
B
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
B
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
B
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
B
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
ESCAPE
ESCAPE
KEYPAD
ENTRY
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
Y
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
B
ENTER
ENTER
Y
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
B
ENTER
Y
ENTER
ESCAPE
ITEM EXPANSION
Local Occupancy Schedule
Period Occupied Time
Period Occupied Time
Period Unoccupied Time
Period Unoccupied Time
Monday In Period
Monday In Period
Tuesday In Period
Tuesday In Period
Wednesday In Period
Wednesday In Period
Thursday In Period
Thursday In Period
Friday In Period
Friday In Period
COMMENT
Scrolling stops
Hours Flash
Select 7
Change accepted, minutes flash
Select 30
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
Scrolling stops
Hours Flash
Select 22
Change accepted, minutes flash
Select 30
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
Scrolling stops
Select YES
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
Scrolling stops
Select YES
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
Scrolling stops
Select YES
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
Scrolling stops
Select YES
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
Scrolling stops
Select YES
Change accepted
Item/Value/Units scrolls again
10
SERVICE TEST
The Service Test function can be used to verify proper operation of compressors, heating stages, Humidi--MiZert System, indoor fan, power exhaust fans, economizer, and the alarm relay. Use of
Service Test is recommended at initial system start up and during troubleshooting (See Table 4 for point details).
Service Test mode has the following changes from normal operation:
S
Outdoor air temperature limits for cooling circuits, economizer, and heating are ignored. Normal compressor time guards and other staging delays are reduced to 30 seconds or less.
S
Circuit alerts are limited to 1 strike (versus 3) before changing to alarm shut down state.
S
The status of ALM.N is ignored so all alerts and alarms are broadcast on CCN.
S The words “SERVICE TEST” are inserted into every alarm message.
Service test can only be turned ON/OFF at the unit display. Once turned ON, other entries may be made with the display or through
CCN. To turn Service Test on, change the value of TEST to ON.
To turn service test off, change the value of TEST to OFF.
NOTE: Service Test mode may be password protected. Refer to
Basic Control Usage section for more information. Depending on the unit model, factory--installed options, and field--installed accessories, some of the Service Test functions may not apply.
Independent Outputs
The independent (INDP) submenu is used to change output status for the economizer, power exhaust stages, crankcase heaters, alarm relay, and outside air unit.. These independent outputs can operate simultaneously with other Service Test modes. All outputs return to normal operation when Service Test is turned off. When the economizer is using the factory default Digital Control Type
(Configuration→ECON→E.CTL is 1 or 2) then the Economizer
Calibration feature may be used to automatically check and reset the economizer actuator range of motion. Refer to the economizer operation section of more details. On EnergyX equipped units, use the outside air unit (OAU) points to test the ERV components.
Fan Test
The fans (FANS) submenu is used to change output status for the indoor fan. On single speed fan units the indoor fan contactor can be energized or de--energized using the IDF1 test. For units with a
VFD the indoor fan speed test (F.SPD) is available. F.SPD runs the fan at the desired speed entered. IDF Fan Mode (F.MOD) will run the fan at the programmed speed for each mode. When configured,
IDF1, IDF2, and IDF3 can be used to test multiple fan speeds.
Cooling Test
The cooling (COOL) submenu is used to change output status for the individual compressors. Compressor starts are staggered by 15 seconds. The fans (FANS) and heating (HEAT) service test outputs are reset to OFF for the cooling service test. Indoor fans and outdoor fans are controlled normally to maintain proper unit operation. If LEN VFD fan is configured, then the indoor fan speed will default to the Mech. Cooling Fan Speed configuration point (Configuration→I.FAN→FS.CL) when one compressor is turned on. The Reduced Cool Fan Speed (F.SPD) can only be changed while one stage is running. If more then one stage is on the actual fan speed will be 100%. F.SPD shows the reduced speed not actual speed. On single stage units, actual fan speed will be
100% when the compressor is on. All normal cooling alarms and alerts are functional.
NOTE: Circuit A will always be operated with Circuit B.
RH1.B
RH1.C
RH2.A
RH2.B
F.SPD
CRC
RHV.A
RHV.B
HEAT
HT.1
HT.2
F.SPD
TEST
INDP
ECON
E.CAL
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
OA.DM
WHL
OA.OF
OA.XF
OA.HT
FANS
F.SPD
F.MOD
IDF.1
IDF.2
IDF.3
COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
F.SPD
HMZR
Humidi--MiZert Test
NOTE: Although the ComfortLink software (v1.x) and this document reference the Humidi--MiZert, the factory installed
Humidi--MiZer option is not available for EnergyX equipped
48/50HC 17--28 units as of this time.
For units with the factory Humidi-MiZer™ option, the Humidi-MiZer
(HZMR) submenu is used to change the output status to operate the circuits in different Humidi--MiZer modes or to separately test the
Humidi--MiZer valve operations. Refer to the Humidi-MiZer operation section for details on these modes and valves. The fans (FANS), cooling (COOL), and heating (HEAT) service test outputs are reset to
OFF for the Humdi--MiZer service test. Indoor and outdoor fans are controlled normally to maintain proper unit operation. If LEN VFD fan is configured, then the indoor fan speed will default to the Reheat2
Fan Speed configuration point (Configuration→I.FAN→FS.RH) when Reheat2 test is turned on. The Reheat2 fan speed (F.SPD) only reflects the speed setting for testing Reheat2 circuits, and can only be changed when a circuit is in Reheat2. Actual speed may be different if
Reheat 1 tests are being performed. All normal cooling alarms and alerts are functional. Refer to the Humidi--MiZer operating section for more information.
NOTE: Circuit A must be operated with Circuit B.
Table 4 – Service Test Modes and Submodes Directory
DISPLAY MENU/
SUB--MENU/
NAME
SERVICE TEST
EXPANDED NAME VALUES
Field Service Test Mode
Test Independent Outputs
Economizer Position Test
Calibrate Economizer
Power Exhaust 1 Test
Power Exhaust 2 Test
Alarm Relay Test
OAU 2-position Damper
OAU Wheel Test
OAU OA Fan Speed Test
OAU PE Fan Speed Test
OAU Tempring Heater Test
Test Fans
Indoor Fan Speed Test
IDF Fan Mode
Indoor Fan 1 Test
Indoor Fan 2 Test
Indoor Fan 3 Test
Test Cooling
Cool A Test
Cool B Test
Reduced Cool Fan Speed
Test Humidi---MiZer
Reheat1 B Test
Reheat1 C Test
Reheat2 A Test
Reheat2 B Test
Reheat2 Fan Speed
Cool->Reheat1 Valve Test
Reheat2 Valve A Test
Reheat2 Valve B,C Test
Test Heating
Heat Stage 1 Test
Heat Stage 2 Test
Reduced Heat Fan Speed
Off/On
0 to 100%
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Close/Open
0 to 100%
0 to100
0 to100
0 to 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
0 to 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 7
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
60 to 100
11
Heating Test
The heating (HEAT) submenu is used to change output status for the individual heat stages, gas or electric. The fans (FANS) and cooling (COOL) service test outputs are reset to OFF for the heating service test. Indoor and outdoor fans are controlled normally to maintain proper unit operation. All normal heating alarms and alerts are functional.
NOTE: Field terminal board terminal R must be connected to W1
(TB A--8 to TB A--4) for the heat to operate in service test. Alert number T410 will occur as a reminder if not done. If the normal unit control mode is thermostat mode, then remove the R--W1 jumper after completing service test.
THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Third party controls may interface with the unit ComfortLink controls through the connections described below. See other sections of these instructions for more information on the related unit control and configurations.
Cooling/Heating Control
The thermostat inputs are provided on the field connection terminal board.
The Unit Control Type configuration,
Configuration→UNIT→U.CTL, must be 2 to recognize the below inputs. Terminal R is the 24vac source for the following:
S Y1 = First stage cooling
S
Y2 = Second stage cooling
S W1 = First stage heating
S
W2 = Second stage heating
S G = Indoor fan
Dehumidification Control
NOTE: Although the ComfortLink software (v1.x) and this document reference the Humidi--MiZert, the factory installed
Humidi--MiZer option is not available for EnergyX equipped
48/50HC 17--28 units as of this time.
On Humidi--MiZert units tje HUM terminal is provided on the field connection terminal board. Humidity Switch configuration,
Configuration→UNIT→RH.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input at LOW humidity.
NOTE: Dehumidification is considered a cooling function in the software and is only available on Humidi-MiZer equipped units.
Remote Occupancy
The remote occupancy input is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB B). The Remote Occupancy Switch configuration, Configuration→UNIT→RM.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input when unoccupied.
S
RMOL = 24 VAC signal input
S R--2 = 24 VAC source for dry contact
Fire Shutdown
The fire shutdown input is provided for unit shutdown in response to a fire alarm or smoke detector. The Fire Shutdown Switch configuration, Configuration→UNIT→FS.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input when there is no fire alarm.
S TB A -- FDWN = 24 VAC signal input
Alarm Output
The alarm output is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB A) to indicate a current alarm status. The output will be
24VAC if a current alarm exists.
S
C--2 = 24 VAC common
S X = 24 VAC signal output
Economizer Damper Control
For units with the economizer option or accessory and the ECB control board, the damper position can be directly controlled through the IAQ sensor input provided on the field connection terminal board (TBB). The IAQ Analog Input configuration,
Configuration→AIR.Q→IA.CF will have to set to 3 (Control
Minimum Position). When IA.CF = 3, an external 4 to 20 mA source is used to move the damper 0% to 100% directly.
IAQ = 4--20mA + signal
COM = 4--20mA -- common
NOTE: In this mode, preset minimum positions configurations are not valid, the damper position may exceed the input position to provide economizer cooling and CO for more information.
2 sensor input can not be used for DCV control. Refer to the Indoor Air Quality operation section
12
CONTROLS OPERATION
Display Configuration
The Configuration→DISP submenu is used to configure the local display settings.
Metric Display (METR)
This variable is used to change the display from English units to
Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG)
This variable is used to change the language of the ComfortLink display. At this time, only English is available.
Password Enable (PROT)
This variable enables or disables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict use of the control to change configurations.
Service Password (PSWD)
This variable is the 4-digit numeric password that is required if enabled.
Test Display LEDs (TEST)
This is used to test the operation of the ComfortLink display.
Unit Configuration
Many configurations that indicate what factory options and/or field accessories are installed and other common operation variables are included in Unit Configuration (Configuration→UNIT). These configurations will be set in the factory for the factory--installed options (FIOPs). Field--installed accessories installed will require configuration changes. General unit and fan control configurations are also covered under this Unit Configuration menu.
Start--Up Delay (S.DLY)
This configuration sets the control start-up delay after the power is interrupted. This can be used to stagger the start-up of multiple units.
Unit Control Type (U.CTL)
This configuration defines if temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or space temperature sensor input.
S
U.CTL = 2 (Thermostat) – The unit determines cooling and heating demand by the state of G, Y1, Y2, W1, and W2 inputs from a space thermostat. This value is the factory default.
S
U.CTL = 3 (Space Sensor) – The unit determines cooling and heating demand based on the space temperature and the appropriate set point. Used also as Linkage configuration. The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between
R and W1 on the low voltage terminal board (TB A) for heating mode to operate.
Thermostat Control Type (T.CTL)
This configuration applies only if Unit Control Type is Thermostat
(Configuration→Unit→U.CTL = 2). The value determines alternative cooling and Humidi-MiZer™ circuit staging. See the
Cooling and Humidi-MiZer sections for more information. The factory default value is T.CTL = 0 (Adaptive).
Fan Status Switch (FN.SW)
This configuration identifies if a fan status switch is installed, and what status (normally open, normally closed) the input is when the indoor fan is OFF.
Filter Status Switch (FL.SW)
This configuration identifies if a filter status switch is installed, and what status (normally open, normally closed) the input is when the filter is CLEAN.
Fire Shutdown Switch (FS.SW)
This configuration identifies if a fire shutdown switch is installed, and what status (normally open, normally closed) the input is when the fire or smoke alarm is OFF (no alarm).
Remote Occupancy Switch (RM.SW)
This configuration identifies if a remote occupancy switch is installed, and what status (normally open, normally closed) the input is when UNOCCUPIED.
SAT Settling Time (SAT.T)
This configuration sets the settling time of the supply air temperature (SAT). This tells the control how long to wait after a stage change before trusting the SAT reading. See Adaptive
Thermostat Control (U.CTL = 2, T.CTL = 0) and Space Sensor
Control (U.CTL = 3) within the Cooling operation section for more information. The factory default value is 240 seconds.
RAT Sensor Installed (RAT.S)
This configuration identifies if a return air temperature (RAT) sensor is installed. A YES value enables RAT display. A NO value disables RAT display. Installing an RAT sensor will allow economizer differential dry bulb control. Refer to the economizer operation for more information.
RH Sensor On OAQ Input (RH.S)
This configuration identifies if a space relative humidity sensor is installed on the outdoor air quality (OAQ) input. A YES value enables SP.RH display. If a Humdi-MiZer unit, then the unit determines dehumidification demand based on this input and the appropriate set point. A NO value disables SP.RH display and use.
Space Humidity Switch (RH.SW)
This configuration identifies if a space relative humidity switch is installed on the ENTHALPY input, and what status (normally open, normally closed) the input is when the space humidity is
LOW.
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor
(TCS.C)
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature
Compensated Start Time Bias for cooling. A setting of 0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling is not permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Heating Factor
(TCS.H)
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature
Compensated Start Time Bias for heating. A setting of 0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating is not permitted.
Modes
The ComfortLink controls operate under a hierarchy of command structure as defined by four main elements: the System Mode, the
HVAC Mode, the Occupied status, and the Unit Control Type.
The System Mode is the top level that defines three main states of the control system: Disabled, Enabled, or Test.
The HVAC Mode is the next level that defines four main states of functional operation: Disabled, Fan Only, Cool, and Heat.
The Occupied status affects set points for cooling and heating in
Space Sensor control mode and operation of the economizer for indoor air quality ventilation and free cooling.
The Unit Control Type (Configuration→UNIT→U.CTL) defines if temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or space temperature sensor input.
The general operating mode of the control and the status of some related operation lockouts are located on the display at two locations: Run Status→ MODE and Operating Modes→ MODE.
13
System Mode (SYS)
In Run Status and Operating Modes, the current system mode is displayed with expandable text. This is an overall state of the unit.
Three states are: Unit Operation Disabled, Unit Operation Enabled, or Service Test Enabled.
HVAC Mode (HVAC)
In Run Status and Operating Modes, the current allowed HVAC mode is displayed with expandable text. This is the mode the unit decides to run in based on its inputs. There are four main HVAC modes; cooling has six different expanded texts. These modes are shown below.
HVAC
Mode
Disabled
Fan Only
Cooling
Heating
Expanded Text
HVAC Operation
Disabled
Ventilation
(fan---only)
Cooling
Free Cooling
Unoccupied Free
Cooling
Reheat1
Reheat2
Reheat1/Reheat2
Heating
Brief Description
Unit is in test mode or System mode is disabled
Fan may run for ventilation
Mechanical cooling
Only economizer used for cooling
Only economizer use for cooling
(occupied cooling set point active)
All running circuits in sub---cooling mode
All running circuits in Hot Gas Reheat mode
Sub---cooling and Hot Gas Reheat active
Heating mode
Indoor Fan Mode (F.MOD)
This displays the mode in which the fan is running. There are 8 fan modes in total, the 1-Speed fans can only be in 1 of 2 modes (off or
High). Staged Air Volume (SAV) units can utilize all 8 modes if programmed for it. The table below shows the 8 modes and a brief description for each.
Fan
Mode
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Expanded Text
OFF
High
Low Cool
Vent
IAQ Override
N/A
Dehum
Low Free Cool
Brief Description
When the fan is off
When fan is on in 1---Speed units or at high speed on SAV units
On SAV units with 2 cooling stages, when only 1 cooling stage is requested
On SAV units, when in vent mode and fan is on
On SAV units, in any mode when IAQ override is active
Not available at this time
On SAV units, in cooling mode, and specific conditions allow
On SAV units, in cooling mode, and specific conditions allow
HVAC Operation Disabled (HV.DN)
Allow disabling of HVAC mode. This is only available on a network connection and shows if the unit has been forced into the disabled status.
Cool Setpoint In Effect (EFF.C)
This shows the actual setpoint that is being used for control during cooling mode. If a 0 is displayed, then space sensor control is not being used and the unit is being controlled by a thermostat.
Heat Setpoint In Effect (EFF.H)
This shows the actual setpoint that is being used for control during heating mode. If a 0 is displayed, then space sensor control is not being used and the unit is being controlled by a thermostat.
Currently Occupied (OCC)
Displays the current state of assumed space occupancy based on unit configuration and inputs.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR)
Displays if the state of occupancy is currently occupied due to an override.
Linkage Active (LINK)
Displays if a linkage communication “Linkage” is established between the unit and a linkage source.
Demand Limit in Effect (D.LMT)
Displays if a demand limit has been placed on the unit’s capacity.
Compressor OAT Lockout (C.LOC)
Displays if operation of one or more compressors is prevented due to outdoor temperature limit lockout.
Heat OAT Lockout (H.LOC)
Displays if heating operation is prevented due to outdoor temperature limit lockout.
Econo Cool OAT Lockout (E.LOC)
Displays if economizer operation for cooling is prevented due to outdoor temperature limit lockout.
General Operation
48/50HC units can provide cooling, dehumidification, heating, and ventilation operation. Each unit will operate under one of two basic types of control: thermostat or space temperature sensor.
There are many inputs, configurations, safety factors, and conditions that ultimately control the unit. Refer to the specific operation sections for detail on a specific unit operation.
When thermostat control is enabled (Configuration→UNIT
→U.CTL = 1), the unit will operate based on discrete input commands (G, Y1, Y2, W1, and W2) and there is a one minute time delay between modes and when re--entering a mode. The G command calls for ventilation, the Y1 and Y2 commands call for cooling, and the W1 and W2 commands call for heating.
Thermostat Control Type (Configuration→UNIT→T.CTL) affects how cooling operates based on Y1 and Y2 commands and if cooling/heating stage time guards are applied.
When space temperature sensor control is enabled (Configuration
→UNIT→U.CTL = 2), the unit will try to maintain the Space
Temperature (Temperatures→AIR.T→SPT) between the effective cool and heat setpoints (Run Status→MODE→EFF.C and
EFF.H). However, to minimize unnecessary cool to heat and heat to cool changes, there is a 10 minute delay after the last stage turns off before the control will switch modes and a 1 minute delay when re--entering the last mode. Linkage operation overrides the mode changeover delay to 15 seconds. The cooling and heating Mode
Select Timeguard (Operating Modes→COOL→MS.TG and
Operating Modes→HEAT→MS.TG) show the remaining time before allowing the respective mode to be entered.
Temperature Setpoint Determination
Setpoints are used to control the unit while under space temperature sensor control. The Cool Setpoint in Effect (EFF.C) and the Heat Setpoint in Effect (EFF.H) are the points in which the unit is controlling to at a specific time. These points are read only points and change according to occupancy, the offset slider status, and network writes (Linkage or LON).
If the building is in occupied mode, the Occupied Cool Setpoint
(Setpoints→OCSP) and the Occupied Heat Setpoint (Setpoints
→OHSP) are active. When the building is in unoccupied mode, the Unoccupied Cool Setpoint (Setpoints→UCSP) and the
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint (Setpoints→UHSP) are active. The heating and cooling set points are also separated by a Heat--Cool
Set Point Gap (Setpoints→GAP) that is user configurable from 2 to 10 degrees F. This parameter will not allow the setpoints to be set too close together, it will change the last setpoint adjusted if it is set within the GAP.
14
When the space sensor has a setpoint slider adjustment, the cool and heat setpoints (occupied) can be offset by sliding the bar from one side to the other. The SPT Offset Range (+/--) (Setpoints
→STO.R) sets the total positive or negative degrees that can be added to the setpoints. With the slider in the middle, no offset is applied. Moving the slider to the “COOL” side will subtract from each setpoint, and sliding it to the “WARM” side will add to the setpoints. The slider offset being applied at any given time is displayed as Space Temperature Offset (Temperatures→AIR.T
→SPTO).
Occupancy Determination
The building’s occupancy is affected by a number of different factors. When the unit is operating with a space temperature sensor
(T--55, T--56, T--58 or T--59), occupancy affects the unit set points and the operation of the economizer. If the unit is operating under thermostat control, occupancy only affects the operation of the economizer. If the unit’s Humidi--MiZer™ is being controlled by a relative humidity sensor, then occupancy will affect the RH setpoints. The factors affecting occupancy are listed below from highest to lowest priority.
Level 1 Priority
Level 1 classification is a force/write to occupancy and can occur three ways. Listed in order of priority: force on OCCUPIED, a write to
NVI_OCC, and a Linkage write. The CCN point OCCUPIED is forced via an external device such as a ComfortIDt controller or a service tool. When OCCUPIED is forced to YES, the unit is considered occupied, when OCCUPIED is forced to NO, the unit is considered unoccupied. If the 3rd party protocol LON is writing to
NVI_OCC, the control maps it to OCCUPIED as an input. If the unit is being controlled by Linkage, the occupancy is communicated and mapped to OCCUPIED as an input. LON and Linkage do not force the point, only write to it, therefore a force applied to OCCUPIED will override them.
If OCCUPIED is not being forced or written to, proceed to the level 2 priority.
Level 2 Priority
Remote Occupancy Switch should be configured to either
Normally Open or Normally Closed when the user would like to control the occupancy with an external switch. This switch is field--supplied (24v, single pole, single throw [SPST]). There are three possible configurations for the remote occupancy switch:
1. (Configuration→UNIT→RM.SW = 0) No Switch
2. (Configuration→UNIT→RM.SW = 1) Normally Open
Switch
3. (Configuration→UNIT→RM.SW = 2) Normally Closed
Switch
If the switch is configured to No Switch (0), the switch input value will be ignored and software will proceed to level 3 priority. For each type of switch, the appropriate configuration and states are listed in the table below.
switch.
The Remote Occupancy Switch
(INPUTS→GEN.I→RM.OC) point will show the status of the
TYPE OF SWITCH
Occupied when Closed or Unoccupied when
Open
Occupied when Open or
Unoccupied when
Closed
SWITCH
CONFIGURATION
Normal Open (1)
Normal Closed (2)
STATE OF SWITCH
AND STATE OF
OCCUPANCY
Open and Unoccupied
Closed and Occupied
Open and Occupied
Closed and Unoccupied
NOTE: To perform remote occupancy, an Economizer Control
Board must be installed in the unit.
Level 3 Priority
The following occupancy options are determined by the state of
Occupancy Schedule Number (Configuration→CCN→SCH.O
→SCH.N) and the Global Schedule Broadcast (Configuration
→CCN→ BROD→B.GS).
1. (Configuration→CCN→SCH.O→SCH.N = 0)
The unit is always considered occupied and the programmed schedule is ignored.
This is the factory default.
2. (Configuration→CCN→SCH.O→SCH.N = 1- 64)
Follow the local programmed schedule. Schedules 1 to 64 are local within the controller. The unit can only store one local schedule and therefore changing this number only changes the title of the schedule table.
3. (Configuration→CCN→SCH.O→SCH.N = 65-99)
Follow the global programmed schedule. If the unit is configured as a Global Schedule Broadcaster
(Configuration→CCN→BROD→B.GS = YES), the unit will follow the unit’s programmed schedule and broadcast the schedule so that other devices programmed to follow this schedule number can receive the schedule. If the unit is not programmed as a Global Schedule Broadcaster
(Configuration→CCN→BROD→B.GS = NO), the unit will receive broadcasted schedules from a unit programmed to broadcast this schedule number.
While using the programmed schedule, occupancy can be temporarily switched from unoccupied to occupied by pressing the override button for approximately 3 seconds on the T--55,
T--56, T--58 or T--59 space temperature sensor. Override will only occur if SPT Override Enabled (Configuration
→CCN→SCH.O→OV.SP) is set to YES. The length of the override period when pressing the override button is determined by the Override Time Limit (Configuration
→CCN→SCH.O→OV.TL).
The hours remaining in override is displayed as Timed Override Hours
(Configuration→CCN→SCH.O→OV.EX). This point can also be changed from the local display or network to set or change the override period length.
Indoor Fan Operation
The indoor fan is required for every function of the unit and has several configurations that effect its operation. The Indoor Fan
Type configuration (Configuration →I.FAN →FTYP) sets the type of fan and how it is controlled. These 48/50HC units can utilize the 1--Speed (FTYP = 0) or the LEN VFD (FTYP = 1) fan types. The Number of Speeds configuration (Configuration
→I.FAN →NSPD) is not used with fan types 1--Speed or LEN
VFD. The fan operation for these two fan types is explained in detail below. For gas heating units, the IGC fan request output
(Inputs →GEN.I →IGC.F) is also monitored by the MBB control.
This can result in additional modification of fan delays or other operation due to safety functions of the IGC control. See the Gas
Heating operation section for more details. If configured for IAQ fan operation, the fan may be turned on to satisfy air quality demands. See the Indoor Air Quality section if using IAQ (indoor air quality) accessory sensors. The fan can only run under thermostat or space sensor control if the System Mode (SYS) status is enabled. The fan will remain on if compressors or heat relays are ever stuck on. If configured for fan status switch (FN.SW) and
Shut Down on IDF Failure is enabled (Configuration →UNIT
→IDF.F = Yes), the fan and unit will be shutdown without delay on alarm. Fan off delays are honored when exiting specific HVAC modes. The Fan--off Delay delays are as follows: Mech Cool
(Configuration →COOL →FOD.C), Elect Heat (Configuration
→HEAT →FOD.E), and Gas Heat (Configuration → HEAT
→FOD.G).
15
Constant Volume (CV) Units (FTYP = 1--Speed)
Single speed fan units are controlled by the Indoor Fan Relay 1
(Outputs →FANS →IDF.1) on the main base board (MBB), which then operates the indoor fan contactor (IFC). The fan will be either on or off depending on the unit control type and the conditions above.
Thermostat Control
In thermostat mode, the IDF relay will be on in the following situations: fan request G in ON, cooling request Y1 or Y2 is ON, or heating request W1 or W2 is ON. If the G call is dropped or was never on with an Y1, Y2, W1, or W2 call; the IDF relay will turn off after a configurable time delay with respect to the HVAC mode that is ending.
Space Sensor Control
In Space Sensor mode, the IDF relay will be on if the unit is in
Occupied mode and the indoor fan is configured to always run while occupied (Configuration →I.FAN →OC.FN = YES). If the indoor fan is configured for intermittent fan (OC.FN = No), the fan will only be on when there are cooling, heating, or dehumidification stages running; or if there is an air quality demand. During the unoccupied period, the fan will operate intermittent. With intermittent fan, the IDF relay will turn off after a configurable time delay with respect to the
HVAC mode that is ending.
Cooling Operation
The 48/50HC unit’s cooling operation consists of: demand, mode determination, staging request to satisfy the demand, and handling a request with the unit’s resources. These resources can include compressors, an economizer, and a reheat coil. This section covers mechanical cooling. For economizer and reheat cooling, refer to the Economizer and Humidi--mizert sections, respectively. The unit enters a cooling mode based on a demand, decides how to satisfy the demand, executes its plan, and then leaves the cooling mode.
Cooling Mode Control
The cooling HVAC mode (Run Status→MODE→HVAC=3) has six different expandable texts: Cooling, Free Cooling, Unoccupied
Free Cooling, Reheat1, Reheat2, or Reheat1/Reheat2. These are all part of a general cooling mode and resemble the specific type of cooling that is being performed at any given time. All types of cooling are still performed under the general cooling function, and the expanded text is for user reference only. The control will display if it is ok to select the cooling mode (Operating Modes
→COOL→OK.CL= Yes).
Thermostat Control
For the unit to enter cooling mode, three things must be true: the indoor fan must be ok to use, the mode changeover time guard must be expired, and there must be a cooling demand (Y1, Y2, or dehumidification demand). The unit will remain in cooling until the cooling demand is dropped or if any of the above conditions turn false. If only a dehumidification demand exists and a heat demand (W1, W2) occurs, the unit will end cooling. The cooling mode can not officially end until all compressors are off.
Space Sensor Control
For the unit to enter cooling mode, four things must be true: the indoor fan must be ok to use, the mode changeover time guard must be expired, the unit must have a valid space temperature, and there must be a cooling or dehumidification demand. The unit will remain in cooling for at least one minute and until the cooling demand drops below --0.5_F or if any of the above conditions turn false. If only a dehumidification demand exists and the heat demand becomes greater than the Reheat Heat Setpoint Deadband
(Setpoints→RH.HB), the unit will end cooling. The cooling mode can not officially end until all compressors are off.
Staging Control
Once the unit is in a cooling mode, it must decide what the demand is and how to satisfy it. If an economizer is installed and can be used for cooling (Operating Modes→COOL→OK.EC= Yes), the unit will use it first (see economizer section for its operation). If the economizer can not be used or additional cooling is needed, a mechanical cooling check is performed. OK to use Compressors?
(Operating Modes→COOL→OK.MC), will be set to yes when compressors are enabled and not locked out. Based on the unit control configuration, requested cooling stages (Run Status
→COOL→REQ.C) will be determined then passed to compressor control to actually add the cooling stages.
Thermostat Control
There are two ways of requesting stages when thermostat control is enabled, Traditional Thermostat control or Adaptive control.
Traditional Thermostat control is used if the Thermostat Control
Type (T.CTL) is set to 1, 2, or 3 and the economizer is not available for free cooling. If Thermostat Control (T.CTL) is set to
0 or any time the economizer is available for free cooling, the unit will use Adaptive control for staging.
T.CTL = 0 (Adaptive Control)
Stage timers, Supply air trend, and supply air temperature limits apply when determining the request for stages. The first request
(REQ.C=1) comes immediately when the Y1 input is active. The
Cool Stage Increase Time (Configuration→COOL→C.INC) or the Cool Stage Decrease Time (Configuration→COOL→C.DEC) has to expire before another stage can be added or a stage can be subtracted.
The Supply--Air Trend (Operating
Modes→COOL→SA.TR) decides if the next stage can be requested or should be subtracted based on the Y2 input status.
If the Y1 and Y2 inputs are dropped, the supply air trend is not considered because cooling is no longer needed. If at any time the Supply--Air Temperature (SAT) falls below the Minimum
Supply Air Temperature Upper Level
(Configuration→COOL→SAT→SAT.U), the requested stages will not be allowed to increase. If at any time the SAT falls below the Minimum Supply Air Temperature Lower Level
(Configuration→COOL→SAT→SAT.L), the requested stages will be reduced by one without honoring C.DEC. If SAT.L and SAT.U
are configured so that they are close together, the last stage of compressor might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and off--time requirements.
T.CTL = 1 (1 Stage Y1) and T.CTL = 2 (2 Stage Y1)
Stage timers, Supply air trend, and supply air temperature limits do not apply when determining the request for stages. Request staging will follow the thermostat inputs directly. Y1 will request one stage. Y2 will request all stages.
T.CTL = 3 (Digital)
Stage timers, Supply air trend, and supply air temperature limits do not apply when determining the request for stages. Request staging will follow the thermostat inputs directly. Y1 will request one stage.
Y2 will request two stages. Y1 and Y2 will request all stages.
Space Sensor Control
Space sensor staging control is an adaptive anticipation control that weighs the actual space demand against the trend of that demand and the trend of the supply air. It also honors stage time guards and supply air limits. The demand for cooling in the space is displayed as the Cooling Demand (Run Status→COOL
→DMD.C). The control tries to anticipate the change in the space because of its current stage status. This anticipation is based on the
Supply--Air Trend (Operating Modes→COOL→SA.TR) and the
Cool Demand Trend (Operating Modes→COOL→TRD.C).
These trends will show the control how the space is reacting to the current running conditions and help it decide when to add or remove one stage from the requested stages. The Cool Stage
Increase Time (Configuration→COOL→C.INC) or the Cool
Stage Decrease Time (Configuration→COOL→C.DEC) has to
16
expire before another stage can be added or a stage can be subtracted. If at any time the Supply--Air Temperature (SAT) falls below the Minimum Supply Air Temperature Upper Level
(Configuration→COOL→SAT→SAT.U), the requested stages will not be allowed to increase. If at any time the SAT falls below the Minimum Supply Air Temperature Lower Level
(Configuration→COOL→SAT→SAT.L), the requested stages will be reduced by one without honoring C.DEC. If SAT.L and SAT.U
are configured so that they are close together, the last stage of compressor might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and off--time requirements.
Compressor Control
The compressor control works hand and hand with the staging control. As the staging control requests stages, the compressor control determines what actual compressors are available or running and tries to provide stages for what is requested. The availability of a compressor depends on time guards, circuit diagnostics, outdoor temperature, and the unit size.
The Number of Circuits (Configuration→COOL→N.CIR) configuration tells the control how many compressors are installed on the unit.
The Circuit A Lockout Temp
(Configuration→COOL→CIR.A→CA.LO) and Circuit B
Lockout Temp (Configuration→COOL→CIR.B→CB.LO) configurations set the outdoor temperature in which the respective compressor is allowed to run down to. Timeguard A (Run
Status→COOL→CIR.A→TG.A) and Timeguard B (Run
Status→COOL→CIR.B→TG.B) display the time a respective compressor has before it is available for use. Individual circuit diagnostic tests are performed during operation which may or may not allow a compressor to be used. The available stages at any given time are displayed as Available Compressors (Run
Status→COOL →AVL.C). The actual compressors running at any given time are displayed as Actual Cooling Stages
(Operating Modes→COOL→ACT.C). Compressor A (Run
Status→COOL→CIR.A →CMP.A) and Compressor B (Run
Status→COOL→CIR.B →CMP.B) are displayed on when the respective compressor is running.
There are time guards to protect the compressors. Compressor Min
On Time (Configuration→COOL→MRT.C) and Compressor Min
Off Time (Configuration→COOL→MOT.C) apply before a compressor can be turned back on or turned off.
Outdoor Fan Control
Outdoor fans are controlled electromechanically, not directly by the control system. Refer to specific unit wiring diagram and or service manual for details on how the outdoor fans operate. In general, the outdoor fan is energized with compressor A or may have partial fans operate with compressor B. Humidi--MiZert units will have a
Motormaster R control on some or all fans.
Heating Operation
The 48/50HC unit’s heating operation consists of: demand, mode determination, staging request to satisfy the demand, and handling a request with the unit’s resources. These resources can be gas heat or electric heat. This section covers both gas heat units and electric heat units. The Type of Heat Installed (Configuration→HEAT→HT.TY) configuration will be factory set to 1 for gas units, 2 for electric heat units with heaters installed, and 0 for electric heat units without heat installed. The unit enters a heating mode based on a demand, decides how to satisfy the demand, executes its plan, and then leaves the heating mode.
Heating Mode Control
The heating HVAC mode (Run Status→MODE→HVAC=4), represents both types of heating (gas or electric) under all types of control. For the unit to be allowed to enter the heat mode, heat must be enabled (HT.TY = 1 or 2), and the Outdoor Air
Temperature (Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT) must be less than the
Heating Lockout Temp (Configuration→HEAT→HT.LO). Heat
OAT Lockout (Run Status→MODE→H.LOC) displays when heat is locked out on outdoor temperature and therefore can not allow heat mode. The control will display if it is ok to select the heating mode (Operating Modes→HEAT →OK.HT= Yes).
Thermostat Control
For the unit to enter heating mode, three additional things must be true: the indoor fan must be ok to use, the mode changeover time guard must be expired, and there must be a heating demand (W1,
W2). The unit will remain in heating until the heating demand is dropped or if any of the above conditions turn false. The heating mode can not officially end until all heat stages are off and the IGC fan request is dropped (on gas units).
Space Sensor Control
For the unit to enter heating mode, five additional things must be true: the indoor fan must be ok to use, the mode changeover time guard must be expired, the unit must have a valid space temperature, the W1 jumper must be installed, and there must be a heating demand. The unit will remain in heating for at least one minute and until the heat demand drops below --0.5_F or if any of the above conditions turn false.
The heating mode can not officially end until all heat stages are off and the IGC fan request is dropped (on gas units without Humidi--MiZer).
Supply--Air Temperature Sensor (SAT)
The SAT Heat Mode Sensing (Configuration
→HEAT→SAT→SAT.H) informs the unit if the supply air sensor has been relocated downstream of the heat section.
This configuration affects the Supply Air Temperature (Temperatures
→AIR.T→SAT) value displayed as listed below.
When SAT.H = DSBL, the Supply Air Temperature (Temperatures
→AIR.T→SAT) value on the Scrolling Marquee and the CCN tables will be forced to zero when heat outputs turn ON or OFF and for 5 minutes after. The default Supply Air Temperature location is at the fan inlet, upstream of the heat section.
When SAT.H = ENBL, the Supply Air Temperature (Temperatures
→AIR.T→SAT) sensor reading is displayed at the Scrolling
Marquee and the CCN tables during heating mode. This setting should only be used if the original SAT sensor wires are removed from the Main Base Board (MBB) and replaced by an accessory
SAT sensor located in the supply duct downstream of the heat section.
There are two supply air temperature limits that affect heating operation, the Maximum SAT Lower Level (Configuration
→HEAT→SAT→SAM.L) the Maximum SAT Upper Level
(Configuration→HEAT→SAT→SAM.U). Any time the supply air temperature rises above SAM.L the heat staging will be limited to what is currently on and no additional stages can be added until the supply air temperature falls back below SAM.L. If the supply air temperature rises above SAM.U, then heating will be reduced by removing a heat stage. That stage can not be added again until the Supply Air Temperature falls below SAM.L. If the supply air temperature stays above SAM.U, then another stage will be removed after the Heat Stage Decrease Time (Configuration
→HEAT→H.DEC). If SAM.L and SAM.U are configured so that they are close together, the last stage of heat might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and off--time requirements.
Staging Control
Once the unit is in a heating mode, it must decide what the demand is and how to satisfy. Based on the unit control configuration, requested heating stages (Run Status→HEAT→REQ.H) will be determined then passed to heat control to actually add the heating stages.
Thermostat Control
There are two ways of requesting stages when thermostat control is enabled: Traditional Thermostat control or Adaptive control.
Traditional Thermostat control is used if the Thermostat Control
Type (T.CTL) is set to 1, 2, or 3. Adaptive control is used if
Thermostat Control (T.CTL) is set for 0.
T.CTL = 0 (Adaptive Control)
17
Stage timers and supply air temperature limits apply when determining the request for stages. The first request (REQ.C=1) comes immediately when the W1 input is active. The Heat Stage
Increase Time (Configuration→HEAT→H.INC) or the Heat
Stage Decrease Time (Configuration→HEAT→H.DEC) has to expire before another stage can be added or a stage can be subtracted. If at any time the Supply--Air Temperature (SAT) rises above the Maximum Supply Air Temperature Lower Level
(Configuration→HEAT→SAT→SAM.L), the requested stages will not be allowed to increase. If at any time the SAT rises above the Maximum Supply Air Temperature Upper Level
(Configuration→HEAT→SAT→SAM.U), the requested stages will be reduced by one without honoring H.DEC.
T.CTL = 1, 2 or 3 (Traditional thermostat control)
Stage timers and supply air temperature limits do not apply when determining the request for stages. Request staging will follow the thermostat inputs directly. W1 will request one stage. W2 will request all stages.
Space Sensor Control
Space sensor staging control is an adaptive anticipation control that weighs the actual space demand against the trend of that demand.
It also honors stage time guards and supply air limits. The demand for heating in the space is displayed as the Heating Demand (Run
Status→HEAT→DMD.H). The control tries to anticipate the change in the space because of its current stage status. This anticipation is based on the Heat Demand Trend (Operating Modes
→HEAT→TRD.H). This trend will show the control how the space is reacting to the current running conditions and help it decide when to add or remove one stage from the requested stages.
The Heat Stage Increase Time (Configuration→HEAT→H.INC) or the Heat Stage Decrease Time (Configuration→HEAT
→H.DEC) has to expire before another stage can be added or a stage can be subtracted. If at any time the Supply--Air Temperature
(SAT) rises above the Maximum Supply Air Temperature Lower
Level (Configuration→HEAT→SAT→SAM.L), the requested stages will not be allowed to increase. If at any time the SAT rises above the Maximum Supply Air Temperature Upper Level
(Configuration→HEAT→SAT→SAM.U), the requested stages will be reduced by one without honoring H.DEC.
Heat Relay Control
The heat relay control is responsible for energizing or de--energizing the MBB’s heat stage relays and works hand in hand with the staging control. As the staging control requests stages, the heat relay control determines what actual heat relays are available or energized and tries to provide stages for what is requested. The availability of a heat relays depends on heat being installed, how many stages, and time guards.
The type of Heat Installed
(Configuration→HEAT→HT.TY) must be set for gas or electric for any stages to be available. The Number of Heat Stages
(Configuration→HEAT→N.HTR) configuration tells the control how many heat relays can be used. Heat Stage 1Timeguard (Run
Status→HEAT→TG.H1) and Heat Stage 2 Timeguard (Run
Status→HEAT→TG.H2) display the time a respective heat relay has before it is available for use. The available stages at any given time are displayed as Available Heating Stages (Run Status
→HEAT→AVL.H). The actual heat relays on at any given time are displayed as Actual Heating Stages (Operating Modes→HEAT
→ACT.H). Heat Stage 1 Relay (Run Status→HEAT→HT.1) and
Heat Stage 2 Relay (Run Status→HEAT→HT.2) are displayed on when the respective relay is energized. There are time guards to protect from short cycling, Heat Minimum On Time
(Configuration→HEAT→MRT.H) and Heat Minimum Off Time
(Configuration→HEAT→MOT.H) apply before a heat relay can be turned back on or turned off.
Integrated Gas Controller (IGC)
The heat staging is determined as described above and the
Integrated Gas Controller (IGC) initiates the gas heat module start--up. The Integrated Gas Controller (IGC) minimum on--time of 1 minute will be followed even if Heat Minimum On Time
(Configuration→HEAT→MRT.H) is lower and during Service
Test. If the IGC temperature limit switch opens within 10 minutes of the end of the gas heat cycle, the next fan off delay will be extended by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified by the IGC, the fan off delay will not change back to the configured Fan--off Delay, Gas Heat (Configuration→HEAT
→FOD.G) unless power is reset to the control. A light emitting diode (LED) is provided on the IGC to indicate status. During normal operation the LED is continuously on.
See the
Troubleshooting section if the LED is off or flashing. The IGC is located behind the gas section access panel door.
When the control energizes Heat Stage 1 Relay (Run Status
→HEAT→HT.1), power is sent to the W terminal on the IGC board. A check is made to ensure that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The induced--draft motor is then energized, and when speed is proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within 5 seconds. If the burners do not light, there is a 22--second delay before another 5--second attempt. If the burners still do not light, this sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After the 15 minutes have elapsed, if the burners still have not lit, heating is locked out. The control will reset when the request for heat is temporarily removed.
When ignition occurs, the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout switch, limit switches, the Hall Effect sensor, as well as the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled through a room thermostat or space sensor set for fan auto, 45 seconds after ignition occurs the indoor--fan motor will be energized (and the outdoor--air dampers will open to their minimum position). If for some reason the over temperature limit opens prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt, the 45--second delay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the time from initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified, the fan on delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. When the control energizes Heat Stage 2 Relay (Run
Status→HEAT→HT.2), power is supplied to the second stage of the main gas valve. If both stage 1 and stage 2 of the gas valve close, gas will be turned off to the main burners.
18
Economizer
If an economizer is installed, then Economizer Installed
(Configuration→ECON→EC.EN) should be set to YES. The economizer damper is controlled by the Econo Commanded
Position (Outputs→ECON→EC.CP) on the Economizer Control
Board (ECB). Feed back from the economizer actuator is output to the ECB and is displayed as Econo Actual Position (Outputs
→ECON→EC.AP).
The Economizer is used for ventilation, cooling and to control the power exhaust. If the Indoor fan is not on, the economizer will not operate.
Economizer Actuator Communication
The economizer actuator used with the 48/50HC units is a
Multi--Function Technology (MFT) actuator.
This allows the
ComfortLink system to communicate with the actuator digitally using Belimo MP protocol.
The configuration Economizer
Control Type (Configuration→ECON→E.CTL) determines the communication method, either digital or analog, used to communicate between the Economizer Control Board and the economizer actuator.
NOTE: The power to the unit must be cycled after the
Economizer Control Type (Configuration→ECON→E.CTL) configuration parameter is changed.
E.CTL = 1 or 2 (Digital/Position or Digital/Command)
When Economizer Control Type (Configuration→ECON
→E.CTL) is set to 1, the Economizer Control Board will communicate with the economizer actuator using the digital protocol, from Economizer Control Board plug J7--1 to actuator pin 5. The commanded position and the actuators actual position are communicated back and forth between the actuator and the
Economizer Control Board. When the Economizer Control Board and actuator first initiate communication, a Control Angle
(Operating Modes→ECON→C.ANG) is provided to the
Economizer Control Board and defines the actuator’s range of motion. The control angle must be greater than the Min Actuator
Ctrl Angle (Configuration→ECON→M.ANG).
During this digital control, the Economizer Control Board analog 4 to 20 mA output will represent the actuator’s actual position when E.CTL = 1
Economizer Position %
100 or commanded position when E.CTL =2. Because the wiring has a built--in 500--ohm resistor, the 4 to 20mA signal is converted to a 2 to 10VDC signal at the actuator.
E.CTL = 3 (Analog Control)
When E.CTL is set to 3, the Economizer Control Board will NOT communicate with the actuator using digital MFT. It will instead control the economizer actuator directly with the 4 to 20mA analog signal wired with the 500--ohm resistor producing a 2 to 10VDC signal for the actuator. While in this mode, the actuator’s built--in 2 to 10VDC feedback signal can be read as actual position any time because it is not used by the Economizer Control Board.
Minimum Ventilation
The economizer will open to allow ventilation when the indoor fan is turned on and the unit is in the occupied state. The economizer damper position at any given time for ventilation is displayed as the Min Position in Effect (Run Status→ECON→EC.MP). This minimum position can be effected by the indoor fan speed (F.SPD) and indoor air quality. On single speed units, the economizer minimum position will be equal to the ECON MIN at MAX Fan
Speed (Configuration→ECON→MP.MX) unless Indoor air quality requests something different.
On Staged Air Volume (SAV) units, to maintain a constant airflow through the economizer, as the indoor fan speed decreases or increases, the damper minimum position will increase or decrease, respectively. This relationship curve is shown in Fig. 6.
Units can also be equipped with optional CO
2 sensors for additional indoor air quality control. When unit is equipped with a return duct CO
2 sensor or return duct CO
2 sensor and outside air
CO
2 sensor the Economizer minimum position will be recalculated based on the CO
2 level of the return and/or outside air. On SAV units the fan speed will also be used in recalculating minimum position, as shown in Fig. 6. When the Commanded Fan Speed
(F.SPD) is less than the Supply Fan Maximum Speed (FS.MX) the damper will operate in the shaded area of Fig. 6 based on the IAQ
Level (IAQ). See the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) section for more details on Demand Control Ventilation (DCV).
EC.MX
75
50
MP.25
25
0
MP.25 DCV
MP.50
MP.75
MP.MX
MP.50 DCV
MP.75 DCV
AQ.MN for DCV
Fan Speed %
Minimum
Fan Speed
Fig. 6 -- Minimum Damper Position Curve (on units with multiple fan speeds)
19
C11544
The shape of the Economizer Minimum Position vs. Fan Speed curve is determined by the configuration parameters: Econ Min at
25% Fan speed (Configuration→ECON→MP.25), Econ Min at
50% Fan speed (Configuration→ECON→MP.50), Econ Min at
75% Fan speed (Configuration→ECON→MP.75) and Econ Min at Max Fan speed (Configuration→ECON→MP.MX). These configurations are preset at the factory for default purposes. The
Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) should be changed based on the air balance of the unit for proper ventilation. The Econ Min at 25% Fan speed (MP.25), Econ Min at 50% Fan speed (MP.50) and Econ Min at 75% Fan speed (MP.75) damper positions will be calculated and changed automatically after changing the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) and Supply Fan Maximum Speed
(Configuration→I.FAN→FS.MX).
The damper position curve can be field adjusted per application, if needed.
The Econ Min at 25% Fan speed (Configuration
→ECON→MP.25), Econ Min at 50% Fan speed (Configuration
→ECON→MP.50) and Econ Min at 75% Fan speed
(Configuration→ECON→MP.75) damper position are user configurable and can be determined by setting the fan speed at 25,
50 and 75% and determining the damper position required to maintain the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (Configuration
→ECON→MP.MX) outside air CFM through the economizer outside air dampers. The default calculations programmed into the
HC controls are based on a side shot economizer at 400 CFM/TON
Supply Air flow with negative 0.25 in H2O pressure in the return duct. Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (FS.MN) is set by user based on minimum required outside air ventilation CFM required for the application. This procedure would be the same as if this were a CV unit with the unit running at the design point CFM.
This determines the minimum position amount of outside air CFM required when the fan is running at maximum speed.
Free Cooling
The economizer will be allowed to help with cooling (Run Status
→MODE→OK.EC = Yes) if the supply air temperature sensor reading is valid, there are no applied lockouts, and there is not a dehumidification demand. There are four economizer lockouts that can be applied at any time. Econo Cool OAT Lockout (Operating
Modes→ECON→E.LOC) occurs when the Outdoor Air
Temperature (OAT) is greater than the configured Econo Cool Hi
Temp Limit (Configuration→ECON→EH.LO) or less than the configured Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit (Configuration→ECON
→EL.LO).
Econo Diff DBulb Lockout (Operating Modes→
ECON→D.LOC) occurs when Diff Dry Bulb Control is enabled
(Configuration→ECON→DF.DB = Enable) and the accessory return air temperature (RAT) is lower then the outdoor air temperature (OAT).
Econo Cool Enth Lockout (Operating
Modes→ECON →EN.LO) occurs when an enthalpy sensor is installed and the Outdoor Enthalpy is HIGH. OAQ Lockout Mode
(Operating Modes→ECON→AQ.LO) occurs when the outdoor air quality sensor is configured for lockout and the value is greater then the OAQ Lockout Limit (Configuration→AIR.Q→OAQ.L).
Any one of these lockouts will disable economizer free cooling.
Thermostat Control
If the unit is in cooling, operating under thermostat control, Y1 = ON, and the economizer is available for cooling, the economizer will control the supply-air temperature to the low cool set point
(Setpoints→LCSP). When Y2 = ON, the economizer will control the supply-air temperature to high cool set point (Setpoints→HCSP).
Space Sensor Control
If the unit is in cooling, operating under space temperature control, the economizer is available for cooling, and no compressors are operating, the economizer will control the SAT to either
Setpoints→LCSP or Setpoints→HCSP (See Table 5.) If a compressor is ON, the economizer will be at the economizer maximum cooling position (Configuration→ECON→EC.MX).
If the control senses low suction pressure for any active refrigerant circuit when the economizer is also providing cooling, the maximum allowable economizer position will be reduced. Factory default configurations have been qualified over a large range of conditions and should only be changed with care. For unit troubleshooting, factory default maximum economizer limits for this condition are provided in Table 6.
Table 5 – LCSP and HCSP Transitions for
Space Temperature Mode
CURRENT SAT
SET POINT
LCSP
HCSP
LCSP
LEGEND
HCSP --- High Cool Set Point
LCSP --- Low Cool Set Point
SAT --- Supply---Air Temperature
COOL DEMAND
(∆F)
>0.5
<0
<–0.5
Table 6 – Maximum Economizer Limits
During Low Suction Pressure
NEXT SAT
SET POINT
HCSP
LCSP
Exit Cooling
COOLINGSTAGE
Bottom
Top
SIZES 03---14
50
25
SIZES 17---28
50
0
Unoccupied Free Cooling
The unoccupied free cooling algorithm attempts to maintain the building space half way between the Occupied Cool Set Point
(Setpoints→OCSP) and Occupied Heat Set Point
(Setpoints→OHSP) using only the economizer when the conditions in the building and the outdoors are suitable, during unoccupied periods. Three different configurations define this algorithm:
Unoccupied Free Cooling (Configuration→ECON→UEFC), Free
Cooling Preoccupancy Time (Configuration→ECON→FC.TM), and Free Cool Low Temp Limit (Configuration→ECON→FC.LO).
UEFC = 0 (Disabled)
When UEFC = 0, unoccupied free cooling is disabled. Cooling will only occur if the space exceeds the unoccupied setpoints.
UEFC = 1 (Unoccupied)
When UEFC is set to 1, unoccupied free cooling can occur throughout the entire unoccupied period. The space temperature must be higher than the mid--point between the occupied cooling and heating setpoints.
UEFC = 2 (Preoccupancy)
When UEFC is set to 2, unoccupied free cooling can only occur when the time until the next occupied period is less than the Free
Cool PreOcc Time (FC.TM) in minutes.
Free Cool PreOcc Time (FC.TM)
FC.TM is the configuration that determines how many minutes before occupancy that free cooling can occur when set for
Preoccupancy (UEFC = 2).
Free Cool Low Temp Limit (FC.LO)
Unoccupied free cooling cannot occur if the Outdoor Air
Temperature (Temperature→AIR.T→OAT) is less than FC.LO.
Power Exhaust (SAV units)
To enable power exhaust, Configuration→ECON→PE.EN must be set to ENBL. If power exhaust is enabled, Power Exhaust 1 will turn on when the economizer position is greater than the value of
Configuration→ECON→PE.1. Power Exhaust 2 will turn on when the economizer position is greater than the value of
Configuration→ECON→PE.2. There are small time delays to ensure that rapid cycling does not occur.
20
Power Exhaust (multiple fan speed units)
To enable power exhaust, set Power Exhaust Installed
(Configuration→ECON→PE.EN) to YES. Both power exhaust fans are wired together and are controlled by the configuration
Power Exhaust Stage1 CFM (Configuration→ECON→PE1.C).
When the Indoor Fan Max Speed CFM (Configuration→ECON
→IDF.C) is set to the correct supply duct CFM (either by fan tables or air balance report) the control will calculate the outside air
CFM based on outside air damper position and Commanded Fan
Speed (Outputs→FANS→F.SPD) to turn on the power exhaust when the calculated outside air CFM reaches Power Exhaust
Stage1 CFM (PE1.C). The power exhaust will then turn off when the calculated outside air CFM falls below Power Exhaust Stage1
CFM (PE1.C). The Power Exhaust Stage2 CFM (Configuration
→ECON→PE2.C) is not currently used on these products.
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)
The ComfortLINK control has the capability for several methods of demand ventilation control. Indoor air quality is typically measured using a CO
2 sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts per million (ppm). Outdoor air quality may be measured with a CO
2 sensor for indoor-outdoor differential demand ventilation control, or with other sensor types for the outdoor air lockout function. The factory-installed indoor air quality CO
2 sensor is mounted in the return section. A field-installed indoor air quality CO
2 sensor may be mounted in the return duct or directly in the occupied space, per job requirements. The indoor air quality modes of operation can be affected by configurations for indoor air quality sensor (Configuration→AIR.Q→IA.CF), indoor air quality switch (Configuration→AIR.Q→II.CF), outdoor air quality sensor (Configuration→AIR.Q→OA.CF) and other related fan and limit configurations as described below.7
IAQ (Analog Input)
The ComfortLink control is configured for indoor air quality sensors which provide 4 to 20 mA signal for 0 to 2000 ppm CO
2
.
If the sensor being used has a different range, the ppm display range must be reconfigured by entering new values for the IAQ
Sensor Value at 4mA (Configuration→AIR.Q→I.4M) and IAQ
Sensor Value at 20mA (Configuration→AIR.Q→I.20M).
IA.CF = O (No IAQ)
IA.CF = 0 signifies that there is no IAQ sensor installed. The damper will operate at the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed
(Configuration→ECON→MP.MX) when the fan is at Supply Fan
Maximum Speed (Configuration→I.FAN→FS.MX) and the damper position will vary at other fan speeds as described in the
Economizer section, when the space is occupied and the indoor fan is on.
IA.CF = 1 (DCV)
When IA.CF = 1, the IAQ algorithm is set for Demand Control
Ventilation (DCV). During DCV, the damper modulates between two user configurations depending upon the relationship between the Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) and the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ).
The lower of these two positions is referred to as the Econo Min
IAQ Position (Configuration→AIR.Q→AQ.MN), while the higher is referred to as the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed
(Configuration→ECON→MP.MX).
The Econo Min IAQ
Position (AQ.MN) should be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminates and CO
2 generated by sources other than people. The Econ Min at Max Fan
Speed (MP.MX) should be set to an economizer position that brings in fresh air to remove contaminates and CO
2 generated by all sources including people when the indoor fan is operating at the
Supply Fan Maximum Speed (Configuration→I.FAN→FS.MX).
The Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The ComfortLink control will begin to open the damper from the
Econo Min IAQ Position (AQ.MN) position when the IAQ level begins to exceed the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ) level by a configurable amount. This amount is referred to as AQ Differential
Low (Configuration→AIR.Q→AQD.L). When the differential between IAQ and OAQ reaches AQ Differential High
(Configuration→AIR.Q→AQD.H), the economizer position will be at the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) when the indoor fan speed is at Supply Fan Maximum Speed (FS.MX). When the
IAQ/OAQ differential is between AQ Differential Low (AQD.L) and AQ Differential High (AQD.H), the control will modulate the damper between Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) and Econo
Min IAQ Position (AQ.MN) in a linear manner as shown in Fig. 7.
At other fan speeds the economizer damper will operate in the shaded area between the two economizer position curves but at the actual fan speed as indicated by Commanded Fan Speed (Outputs
→FANS→F.SPD). (See Fig. 6.)
ECON MIN
AT MAX
FANSPEED
POSITION
(MP.MX)
VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE
MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION
(AQ.MN)
VENTILATION FOR SOURCES
100
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (AQD.L)
700 INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO
2
DIFFERENTIAL
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH (AQD.H)
C11476
Fig. 7 -- Economizer Minimum Position
IA.CF = 2 (Override IAQ)
When IA.CF = 2, the IAQ algorithm maintains the damper at Econ
Min at Max Fan Speed (Configuration→ECON→MP.MX) when the indoor fan speed is at Supply Fan Maximum Speed
(Configuration→I.FAN→FS.MX) or along the curve on Fig. 6 when the indoor fan speed is at the Commanded Fan Speed
(Outputs→FANS→F.SPD) until the override condition triggers.
The override triggers when the IAQ/OAQ differential is greater than AQ Differential High (Configuration→AIR.Q→AQD.H).
The IAQ Override Position (Configuration→AIR.Q→OVR.P) sets the damper position during override. The economizer damper will return to the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) or MP.MX curve at other fan speeds when the IAQ/OAQ differential is less than the AQ Differential Low
(Configuration→AIR.Q→AQD.L).
The override algorithm will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor fan is operating or whenever the IAQ algorithm has caused the indoor fan to operate. The IAQ Analog
Fan Config (Configuration→AIR.Q→IA.FN) determines whether or not the IAQ algorithm can turn on the indoor fan. If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position will be zero. If the override is not active and the building is unoccupied, the economizer position will be zero. The damper position may exceed Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (MP.MX) or IAQ Override
Position (OVR.P) to provide economizer cooling.
21
IA.CF = 3 (Control Minimum Position)
When IA.CF = 3, an external 4 to 20 mA source is used to set the minimum position. The 4mA signal corresponds to 0% and the 20 mA signal corresponds to 100%. In this mode, configurations such as Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (Configuration→ECON
→MP.MX), Econo Min IAQ Position (Configuration→AIR.Q
→AQ.MN) and the economizer minimum position and DCV minimum position curves in Fig. 6 and 7 are not used. If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position will be zero.
The damper position may exceed the economizer minimum position to provide economizer cooling.
IAQ (Switch Input)
Indoor air quality can also be measured using a switch input. For the purpose of specifying the type of switch input, low CO
2 levels are considered normal. The IAQ switch input is defined by the
IAQ Switch Input Config (Configuration→AIR.Q→II.CF).
Enthalpy and IAQ are controlled by the same switch input and therefore cannot be used simultaneously.
II.CF = 0 (No IAQ)
The II.CF = 0 configuration signifies that there is no IAQ switch input. The damper will operate at the Econ Min at Max Fan Speed
(Configuration→ECON→MP.MX) and corresponding damper position curve based on indoor fan speed when the space is occupied and the indoor fan is on.
II.CF = 1 (DCV Normally Open) or II.CF = 2
(DCV Normally Closed)
The Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) allows the economizer minimum position to be decreased when there is no IAQ problem.
If IAQ is low, the economizer minimum position is Econo Min
IAQ Position (Configuration→AIR.Q→AQ.MN) when the indoor fan is operating at Supply Fan Maximum Speed (Configuration
→UNIT→FS.MX). If IAQ is high, the economizer minimum position is Econ Min at Max Fan Speed (Configuration→ECON
→MP.MX) when the indoor fan is operating at Supply Fan
Maximum Speed (FS.MX). If the fan speed is modulating, see Fig.
6 for higher or lower damper position setting at the specific fan speed.
II.CF = 3 (Override Normally Open) or II.CF = 4 (Override
Normally Closed)
The damper override function permits absolute positioning of the economizer damper for ventilation purposes. The override is active when IAQ is high and inactive when IAQ is low. The override position is configured by the IAQ Override Position
(Configuration→AIR.Q→OVR.P).
Outdoor Air Quality (Analog Input)
The ComfortLink control can be configured for outdoor air quality sensors which provide a 4 to 20 mA signal corresponding to 0 to
2000 ppm CO
2
. If a field supplied sensor has a different range, the ppm display range must be reconfigured by entering new values for the OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA (Configuration→AIR.Q
→O.4M) and OAQ Sensor Value at 20mA (Configuration
→AIR.Q→O.20M).
OA.CF = 0 (No OAQ)
This signifies that there is no outdoor air sensor installed. The default value of OAQ is 400 ppm CO
2 when using demand control ventilation (DCV).
OA.CF = 1 (DCV)
The outdoor air quality sensor analog input is the value of OAQ for demand control ventilation (DCV).
OA.CF = 2 (OAQ Lockout)
The outdoor air quality analog input is only used to lock out the outdoor ventilation. The economizer commanded position is set to
0% when the CO
2 ppm exceeds the OAQ lockout value configured for the OAQ Lockout Limit (Configuration→AIR.Q →OAQ.L).
The default value for OAQ Lockout Limit (OAQ.L) is 600 ppm CO
2
.
Fan Enable (Analog IAQ Sensor)
The DCV algorithm will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor fan is operating or whenever the IAQ algorithm has caused the indoor fan to operate. The IAQ Analog
Fan Config (Configuration→AIR.Q→IA.FN) determines whether or not the IAQ algorithm can turn on the indoor fan. If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position will be zero.
The damper position may exceed Econ Min at Max Fan Speed
(Configuration→ECON→MP.MX) and corresponding damper position curve to provide economizer cooling.
IA.FN = 0 (Never)
When IA.FN = 0, the IAQ algorithm can never turn on the fan.
IA.FN = 1 (Occupied)
When IA.FN =1, the IAQ algorithm will turn on the indoor fan whenever the building is occupied and IAQ/OAQ differential is greater than the Fan On AQ Differential (Configuration→AIR.Q
→DF.ON). The indoor fan will turn off when the IAQ/OAQ differential is less than the Fan Off AQ Differential (Configuration
→AIR.Q→DF.OF).
IA.FN = 2 (Always)
The indoor fan operation for IA.FN = 2, is the same as the operation when IA.FN =1, except the algorithm is not limited to the occupied periods only. The fan can be triggered on when the space is occupied or unoccupied.
Fan Enable (Switch Input)
The DCV algorithm will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor fan is operating or whenever the IAQ algorithm has caused the indoor fan to operate. The IAQ Switch
Fan Config (Configuration→AIR.Q→II.FN) determines whether or not the IAQ algorithm can turn on the indoor fan. If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position will be zero. The damper position may exceed Econ Min at Max Fan Speed
(Configuration→ECON→MP.MX) and corresponding damper position curve to provide economizer cooling.
II.FN = 0 (Never)
When the II.FN = 0, the IAQ algorithm can never turn on fan.
II.FN = 1 (Occupied)
When II.FN =1, the IAQ algorithm will turn on the indoor fan whenever the building is occupied and IAQ is high. The indoor fan will turn off when the IAQ returns to normal.
II.FN = 2 (Always)
The indoor fan operation for II.FN =2 is the same as the operation when IA.FN =1, except the algorithm is not limited to the occupied periods only. The fan can be triggered on when the space is occupied or unoccupied.
Optional Humidi--MiZert Dehumidification
System
Units with the factory--equipped Humidi--MiZer option are capable of providing multiple modes of improved dehumidification as a variation of the normal cooling cycle. The Humidi--MiZer option includes additional valves in the liquid line and discharge line of each refrigerant circuit, a reheat coil downstream of the evaporator, and
Motormasterr variable--speed control of some or all outdoor fans. The
Humidi--MiZer Equipped (Configuration→HMZR→REHT) configuration is factory set to Yes for Humidi--MiZer equipped units.
This enables Humidi--MiZer operating modes and service test.
NOTE: If the unit is a Humidi--MiZer unit, this configuration must always be set to yes. The Humidi--MiZer option does affect the base unit wiring.
22
NOTE: Although the ComfortLink software (v1.x) and this document reference the Humidi--MiZert, the factory installed
Humidi--MiZer option is not available for EnergyX equipped
48/50HC 17--28 units as of this time.
Humidi--MiZer operation requires installation and configuration of either a space relative humidity sensor or a relative humidity switch input. Space Humidity Switch (Configuration→UNIT→RH.SW) set to 1 for use of a normally open switch or 2 for normally closed switch. The switch is wired to field connection terminal board terminals labeled HUM. Set RH Sensor on OAQ Input
(Configuration→UNIT→RH.S) to Yes for use of a 4 to 20 mA output RH sensor wired to field connection terminal board (TB) terminals SPRH and LPWR (for loop powered). RH Sensor Value at 4ma (Configuration→AIR.Q→H.4M) sets the % display for a
4mA input from the relative humidity sensor. RH Sensor Value at
20ma (Configuration→AIR.Q→H.20M) sets the % display for a
20mA input from the relative humidity sensor.
EnergyX
For units equipped with the EnergyX factory installed option, there will be an EnergyX Supplement Installation Instructions in the unit’s information packet. Refer to this supplement for details on how the ERV operates relative to the base unit.
Temperature Compensated Start
This logic is used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will calculate early Start Bias time based on Space
Temperature deviation from the occupied cooling and heating set points. This will allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at conditioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. A space sensor is required for non-linkage applications.
Setting Up the System
The settings for temperature compensated start can be found in the local display under Configuration→UNIT.
ITEM EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN POINT
TCS.C Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTCOOL
TCS.H Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min TCSTHEAT
Temp Comp Strt Cool Factr (TCS.C)
This is the factor for the start time bias equation for cooling.
Temp Comp Strt Heat Factr (TCS.H)
This is the factor for the start time bias equation for heating.
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these factors are set to 0.
Temperature Compensated Start Logic
The following conditions must be met for the algorithm to run:
S
Unit is in unoccupied state.
S Next occupied time is valid.
S
Current time of day is valid.
S
Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or CCN network).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes using the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time = (space temperature – occupied cooling set point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time = (occupied heating set point – space temperature)*TCS.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set, the fan is started and the unit controlled as in an occupied state. Once set, Temperature
Compensated mode will stay on until the unit goes into the
Occupied mode. The Start Bias Time will be written into the CCN
Linkage Equipment Table if the unit is controlled in DAV mode. If the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cool mode is active when temperature compensated start begins, the Unoccupied Free Cool mode will be stopped.
NOTE: The maximum minutes Start Bias can be is 180.
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
R
Configuration
It is possible to configure the ComfortLink control to participate as an element of the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) system directly from the local display. This section will deal with explaining the various programmable options which are found under the CCN sub-menu in the Configuration mode.
The major configurations for CCN programming are located in the local displays at Configuration→CCN. See Appendix A.
CCN Address (CCN.A)
This configuration is the CCN address the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Address (CCN.B)
This configuration is the CCN bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD)
This configuration is the CCN baud rate.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast (BROD→B.TIM)
If this configuration is set to ON, the control will periodically send the time and date out onto the CCN bus once a minute. If this device is on a CCN network then it will be important to make sure that only one device on the bus has this configuration set to ON. If more than one time broadcaster is present, problems with the time will occur.
NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform daylight savings time adjustments. Even if the rooftop is stand alone, the user may want to set this to ON to accomplish the daylight/savings function.
CCN OAT Broadcast (BROD→B.OAT)
If this configuration is set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside-air temperature at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (BROD→B.GS)
If this configuration is set to ON and the schedule number
(SCH.N) is between 65 and 99, then the control will broadcast the internal time schedule once every 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (BROD→B.ACK)
If this configuration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done on the bus, this device will respond to and acknowledge.
Only one device per bus can be configured for this option.
Schedule Number (SCH.O→SCH.N)
This configuration determines what schedule the control may follow.
SCH.N = 0
SCH.N = 1
SCH.N = 65---99
The control is always occupied.
T he control follows its internal time schedules. The user may enter any number between 1 and 64 but it will be overwritten to “1” by the control as it only has one internal schedule.
T he control is either set up to receive to a broadcasted time schedule set to this number or the control is set up to broadcast its internal time schedule ( B.GS) to the network and this is the global schedule number it is broadcasting. If this is the case, then the control still follows its internal time schedules.
23
Accept Global Holidays? (SCH.O→HOL.G)
If a device is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the time yet not accept the global holiday from the broadcast message.
Override Time Limit (SCH.O→OV.TL)
This configuration allows the user to decide how long an override occurs when it is initiated. The override may be configured from 1 to 4 hours. If the time is set to 0, the override function will become disabled.
Timed Override Hours (SCH.O→OV.EX)
This displays the current number of hours left in an override. It is possible to cancel an override in progress by writing “0” to this variable, thereby removing the override time left.
SPT Override Enabled? (SCH.O→OV.SP)
If a space sensor is present, then it is possible to override an unoccupied period by pushing the override button on the T55 or
T56 sensor. This option allows the user to disable this function by setting this configuration to NO.
Demand Limit
Demand Limit Control may override the cooling algorithm to limit or reduce cooling capacity during run time. The term Demand
Limit Control refers to the restriction of machine capacity to control the amount of power that a machine will use. This can save the owner money by limiting peaks in the power supply. Demand limit control is intended to interface with an external network system. This is through a CCN Loadshed POC Device or writing to network points.
To limit stages through network writes, the points Run Status
→COOL→MAX.C and Run Status→HEAT→MAX.H are forced on the network through CCN points MAXCSTGS and
MAXHSTGS respectively. Force these to the desired maximum stages of cooling/dehumidification and heating, respectively. When there is no force on these points, they automatically reset to allow all cooling/dehumidification and heating stages to be used. These points are reset at power--on/reset (POR).
When using the Loadshed POC to do Demand Limiting, the cool and heat stage limits under both Redline and Loadshed conditions can be set individually with configuration decisions. If the active stages is greater then the loadshed or redline configurations when a loadshed or redline command is given, the unit will remove stages.
Configuration
→
CCN
→
LDSH
→
S.GRP
This is the Loadshed Group Number and corresponds to the loadshed supervisory devices that resides elsewhere on the CCN network and broadcasts loadshed and redline commands to its associated equipment parts. This variable will default to zero which is an invalid group number. This allows the loadshed function to be disabled until configured.
Configuration
→
CCN
→
LDSH
→R.MXC
This configuration tells the unit the maximum cooling stages allowed to be on during a redline condition.
Configuration
→
CCN
→
LDSH
→S.MXC
This configuration tells the unit the maximum cooling stages allowed to be on during a loadshed condition.
Configuration
→
CCN
→
LDSH
→R.MXH
This configuration tells the unit the maximum heating stages allowed to be on during a redline condition.
Configuration
→
CCN
→
LDSH
→S.MXH
This configuration tells the unit the maximum heating stages allowed to be on during a loadshed condition.
The two Demand Limiting methods can be active simultaneously.
The lowest cool and heat stage limits imposed by either method are applied, and these ”effective stage limits” are shown in the points
CSTGLIMT (Run Status→COOL→LMT.C) and HSTGLIMT
(Run Status→HEAT→LMT.H), respectively. In normal running mode, these limits will prevent stages from being added, or stages to be removed, as applicable. In test mode, these limits are ignored, and the user may continue to operate all stages. The point
MODEDMDL (Run Status→MODE→D.LMT) is used to show if any Demand Limiting is in effect that prevents the unit from operating either cooling or heating at full--capacity.
NOTE: MODEDMDL may reflect that staging is NOT limited even though Loadshed is active, or the network points are being forced, if the stage limits in effect are not less than the stages present in the unit.
If a more drastic mode of Demand Limiting is required, the network point HVACDOWN (Run Status→MODE→HV.DN) can be used to prohibit the unit from selecting any HVAC mode, thus preventing the operation of the supply fan, compressors, condenser fans, and heat stages. This point must also be forced, and is reset automatically when not forced, and at POR.
NOTE: HVACDOWN can be used as an immediate shutdown of the unit before limiting capacity (ex. Generator switching).
Linkage
ComfortLink controls do not require any configuration settings to establish linkage with a Linkage Coordinator. This is done automatically when the unit’s bus and element address are configured in the Linkage Coordinator’s LINKAGE configuration table. The linkage information that is supplied to the ComfortLink unit by the Linkage Coordinator is as follows:
S Reference zone temperature
S
Reference zone occupied biased heating and cooling set points
S Reference zone unoccupied heating and cooling set points
S Composite occupancy mode
The unit will control the equipment based on this information and in return will provide the Linkage Coordinator with the following data:
S Operating mode -- Cooling, Heating, Free Cooling, Fire
Shutdown Evacuation, or Off
S Supply--air temperature
S Optimal Start Bias time (Based on worst case zone)
This synchronization of data optimizes the efficiency of the unit and the zones to operate at peak system performance at all times.
This information can be seen in linkage maintenance tables of the
Linkage Coordinator and the RTU; it is updated at approximately
1--minute intervals.
Cooling and heating operation is slightly modified during Linkage control. A PID loop is run to calculate required stages. This is necessary because in stand alone operation, the unit tries to anticipate the space. With Linkage, the unit must try to satisfy the demand as soon as possible. The PID configurations are in
Configuration→PID. These values have been field tested and the default values should NOT BE CHANGED.
For information on set up and configuration, see the Space
Temperature Control--CCN Linkage text in the Controls Quick
Start section of this book.
For additional information on the Linkage Coordinator or Zone
Controllers, please refer to their appropriate manuals.
Alarm Handling
There are a variety of different alerts and alarms in the system.
Alerts are indicated by TXXX (where XXX is the alert number) on the display and generally signify that the improperly functioning circuit can restart without human interaction. If an alarm occurs, indicated by AXXX (where XXX is the alarm number), the damaged circuit will generally not restart without an alarm reset via the Scrolling Marquee display or CCN.
The response of the control system to various alerts and alarms depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or alarm. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the operation of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a “strike.” A “striking” alert will cause the circuit to shut down for 15 minutes. This feature reduces the likelihood of false alarms causing a properly working system to be shut down incorrectly. If three strikes occur before the circuit has an opportunity to show that it can function properly, the circuit
24
will strike out, causing the shutdown alarm for that particular circuit. Once activated, the shutdown alarm can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
However, circuits with strikes will be given an opportunity to reset their strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike typically causes the circuit to shut down. Fifteen minutes later, that circuit will once again be allowed to run. If the circuit is able to run for 1 minute, its replacement circuit will be allowed to shut down (if not required to run to satisfy requested stages). However, the
“troubled” circuit must run continuously for a user defined time
(Configuration→COOL→RST.C) with no detectable problems before the strike counter will be reset to zero. Default value is
5 minutes.
CCN Alarm Broadcast
Operators of CCN networks might not want to be notified of
“striking” alerts for refrigerant circuits until the circuit has been shut down due to 3 strikes. Set the cooling configuration of Alert
Each Strike (Configuration→COOL→ALM.N on display,
ALM_NOW on CCN) to YES to broadcast each circuit strike alert.
Set Alert Each Strike to NO to broadcast only circuit shut down.
Alert Each Strike configuration is ignored during Service Test and all alerts are broadcast.
Alarm Relay Output
The alarm relay output is a normally open 24 vac output between field connection terminal board terminals C and X. Selection of which alerts and alarms will result in closing of the alarm relay may be set in the Alarm Relay Configuration
(Configuration→ALM.O). Setting a configuration to YES will result in the alarm output relay, ALRM, status of ON and 24 vac between C and X on the field connection terminal board when that particular condition is in an alarm state. Setting a configuration to
NO will result in no action by the alarm output relay for that particular condition.
NOTE: An accessory filter switch can be used along with the alarm relay output function to indicate dirty filter service need.
See the Troubleshooting section for more information on viewing, diagnosing, and clearing alerts and alarms.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The Scrolling Marquee display shows the actual operating conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the current alarm list or the history alarm list. (See Table 7.) The Service Test mode allows proper operation of the compressors, fans, and other components to be checked while the unit is not operating. See
Service Test.
Complete Unit Stoppage
There are several conditions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling:
S
If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut down, diagnose the problem using the information provided in Alarms and Alerts section below.
S Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
S
Programmed occupancy schedule.
S
General power failure.
S Tripped 24-volt transformer circuit breakers.
S
Blown fuse or circuit breakers
S Unit is turned off through the CCN network.
S
If supply-air temperature is less than the Minimum SAT Lower
Level (SAT.L) configuration value, unit cannot cool.
S If outdoor-air temperature is less than the Compressor Lockout
Temperature (CA.LO, CB.LO) configuration value, unit cannot cool.
S If outdoor-air temperature is greater than the Heating Lockout
Temperature (HT.LO) configuration value, unit cannot heat.
Restart Procedure
Before attempting to restart the machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the shut down. If the shutdown alarm for a particular control function has occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the unit to run under its own control again.
When there is problem, the unit should be diagnosed in Service
Test mode. The alarms must be reset before the control function can operate in either Normal mode or Service Test mode.
Alarms and Alerts
Viewing and Clearing Unit Alarms
Presence of active alarms will be indicated on the Scrolling
Marquee display by the Alarm Status light turning on and by the number of active alarms being displayed in the automatic View of
Run Status. Presence of active alarms may also be signaled on the
Alarm Output terminals. Each alarm may also be broadcast on the
CCN network. Active alarms and past alarm history can be reviewed and cleared via the local display or a CCN device. The following menu locations are used for the local display:
Alarms→R.CURR (Reset All Current Alarms)
Change to YES to reset all active alarms. Turning unit power off will also reset all current alarms.
Alarms→R.HIST (Reset Alarm History)
Change to YES to reset the alarm history. Turning unit power off will not reset the alarm history.
Alarms→CURR (Currently Active Alarms)
Use the ENTER key, then scroll through any alarm numbers using the up and down arrow keys. Alarms are displayed in numerical order.
Alarms→HIST (Alarm History)
Use the ENTER key, then scroll through any alarm numbers using the up and down arrow keys. Up to 20 alarms are displayed in order of occurrence, with time and date.
The description for an alarm can be viewed on the Scrolling
Marquee display by pressing ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously while displaying the alarm code number. Be sure to expand description for each code, because in some cases there are different possible descriptions and causes for the same code number.
Diagnostic Alarm Codes and Possible Causes
Alert Codes T051 and T055
These alerts can only be activated if set to Diagnose Compressor
Safety (Configuration →COOL →D.CMP = Yes). There are 4 different texts for each alert code. There are two different alerts which have corresponding test mode alerts indicated with “Service
Test” in the expanded text. Pressing enter and esc on the marquee or navigator to expand the T051 and T055 alert will show you one of the below alerts. Make sure the expanded text is read correctly before troubleshooting. Alert codes T051 and T055 are for compressors A1 and B1 respectively.
S
Compressor Safety Trip
These alerts occur when the respective compressor has been running for 20 sec and the Saturated Suction Pressure (Pressures
→SSP.A or SSP.B) reflects a change in compressor operation. A change in compressor operation is when the SSP changes more than the Maximum Suction Change configuration (Configuration
→COOL →MX.SA or MX.SB) in a two second window while running the compressor and persists for 40 seconds. This alert can also occur when the respective compressor is diagnosed with a high pressure switch trip. A high pressure trip is when the compressor suction rises and falls two times within 2 minutes.
When this occurs, the control turns off the compressor and logs a strike for the respective circuit. These alerts reset automatically.
The possible causes are: high--pressure switch (HPS) open,
Condensate overflow switch (COFS) open, compressor internal
25
protection is open, or a wiring error (a wiring error might not allow the compressor to start). The HPS and optional COFS are wired in series with compressor relays on the MBB. If one of these opens during compressor operation, the compressor stops causing the control to activate this alert.
S Compressor Detected After Turnoff
These alerts occur when the respective compressor is turned off but the Saturated Suction Pressure (Pressures →SSP.A or SSP.B) does not reflect a shutdown. When shutting down a compressor suction pressure must rise more than Maximum Suction Change configuration (Configuration →COOL →MX.SA or MX.SB) within the first 10 seconds and stay above it. When this occurs, the control turns off all of the compressor relays, stays in cooling mode and keeps the indoor fan on. Use the Scrolling Marquee to reset the alert. The possible causes are a welded contactor, frozen compressor relay on MBB, or adverse conditions.
Alert Codes T064 and T065 – Circuit Saturated Condensing
Temp Thermistor Failure
Alert codes T064 and T065 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts occur when the temperature is outside the range –40_ to 240_F (–40_ to 116_C). The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T066 and T067 -- Circuit Saturated Suction
Temperature Thermistor Failure
Alert codes T066 and T067 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts occur when the unit’s suction transducers are turned off internally. Cooling will not operate. This is usually due to a network force on a non exposed CCN point. Reload factory defaults or reinstall software on the MBB. Consult the network manager if alert continues.
Alert Code T073 -- Outdoor Air Temperature Thermistor
Failure
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range –40_ to
240_F (–40_ to 116_C). For all units, all ambient temperature lockout limits for cooling and heating are ignored. For economizer equipped units, the economizer will not operate to provide cooling.
The economizer will still operate for ventilation. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T074 -- Space Temperature Thermistor Failure
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range –40_ to
240_F (–40_ to 116_C). This alert will only occur if the unit control type is configured for Space Sensor (versus Thermostat).
Cooling and heating will not operate. For economizer equipped units, the economizer will still operate for ventilation. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor in the T--55, T--56, or T--58 device, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T075 -- Supply Air Temperature Thermistor
Failure
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range –40_ to
240_F (–40_ to 116_C). Economizer cooling and adaptive compressor staging cannot occur while this alarm is active. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T076 -- Return Air Thermistor Failure
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range –40_ to
240_F (–40_ to 116_C). This alert will only occur if the unit is configured for a return air sensor. Economizer differential dry bulb control will not be allowed during this alert. This alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T077 -- Space Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
This alert occurs when the input is less than 3.5 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. If a humidistat is not installed, then dehumidification will not be functional. Check sensor and wiring.
This alert clears automatically.
NOTE: An ECB must be installed to use the space relative humidity sensor.
Alert Codes T092 and T093 – Circuit Suction Pressure
Transducer Failure
Alert codes T092 and T093 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts occur when the board does not properly read the transducer voltage. A circuit cannot run when this alert is active.
Use the Scrolling Marquee to reset the alarm. The cause of the alert is usually a faulty transducer, faulty 5--v power supply, or a loose connection.
Alert Codes T110 and T111 – Circuit Loss of Charge
Alert codes T110 and T111 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts have “Service Test” text that will be displayed if the alert occurred during service test. These alerts occur when the compressor is OFF and the suction pressure is less than 5 psig and
OAT is greater than –5_F for 1 continuous minute. Use the
Scrolling Marquee to reset the alert. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant pressure or a faulty suction pressure. These alerts only occur when the compressor is OFF because the low refrigerant pressure alarms (alerts T133 and T134) handle this situation when the compressor is operating.
Alert Codes T126 and T127 -- Circuit High Discharge Pressure
Alert codes T126 and T127 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts have “Service Test” text that will be displayed if the alert occurred during service test. These alerts occur when alerts
T051 and T055 are active while the appropriate condensing temperature is greater than 150_F. These alerts reset automatically.
The cause of the alert is usually an overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high--pressure switch. See Alerts
T051 and T055 for diagnostic procedure.
Alert Codes T133 and T134 -- Circuit Low Refrigerant
Pressure
Alert codes T133 and T134 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts have “Service Test” text that will be displayed if the alert occurred during service test. These alerts occur when the compressor is operating and the evaporating temperature
(converted from the suction pressure) is less than configured low suction control levels, Configuration→COOL→SST→SST.1
(Low Suction — Level 1) or SST.2 (Low Suction — Level 2) or
SST.3 (Low Suction Level 3). The circuit SST value must be less than SST.1 (for 5 minutes), SST.2 (for 4 minutes), or SST.3 (for 3 minutes when using the economizer and 1.5 minutes when not using the economizer) for the alert to occur. When the outdoor temperature is less than 40_F, the above values are reduced 1_F for every 2_F the OAT is below 40_F. An alert will also occur if the circuit SST value is less than SST.3 –5_F for 20 seconds and the outdoor temperature is above 40_F. All the above timers will reset if the suction temperature rises above SST.O for 1 minute. These alerts cause a strike for the respective circuit. If the OAT is less than
10_F, the circuit will shut down without a strike. These alerts will activate when the coil becomes frosted. However, during the
15--minute reset period, the coils will thaw and strike should clear at restart if there is nothing else wrong with the circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan operating backwards, loose or broken belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air, or stuck open economizer when the ambient temperature is low.
26
Alert Codes T143 and T144 -- Circuit Failure to Pressurize
Alert codes T143 and T144 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alerts have “Service Test” text that will be displayed if the alert occurred during service test. These alerts occur when the compressor turns on and the suction pressure does not drop at least
10 PSIG and stay there for the first 20 seconds AND the condensing temperature does not rise at least 5_F and stay there for the first 65 seconds (both conditions have to occur). These alerts cause a strike for the respective circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation or a faulty compressor.
Alarm Code T153 -- Real Time Clock Hardware Failure
The alert occurs when the RTC clock chip on the MBB is not responding. Time and date functions will not operate, such as local occupancy schedules. The unit will default to 24/7 unoccupied mode. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfiguring the time and date should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code A154 -- Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure
The unit will completely shut down. The serial EEPROM chip on the MBB which stores the unit’s configuration is not responding.
Recovery is automatic, but MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling the power to the control should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code T155 -- Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
Configuration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be verified.
The unit will run to last know good values or defaults, and therefore operating errors may occur. Recovery is automatic but
MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfiguring the control points should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code A156 -- Critical Serial EEPROM Storage
Fail Error
The unit will completely shut down. Critical configuration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be verified. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfiguring the critical control points should be tried before board replacement. Check the configurations for the following critical points:
Configuration→COOL→N.CIR (Number of Circuits)
Configuration→HMZR→REHT (Humidi--MiZert Equipped)
Alarm Code A157 -- A/D Hardware Failure
The unit will completely shut down. The analog to digital conversion chip on the MBB has failed. Recovery is automatic but
MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Codes A163 and A164 -- Circuit Down due to Failure
Alarm codes A163 and A164 are for circuits A and B respectively.
These alarms have “Service Test” text that will be displayed if the alarm occurred during service test. These alarms occur when a circuit has 3 strikes. Use the Scrolling Marquee display to reset the alarm. Investigate the alarm that caused the strikes to occur.
Alert Code T173 – Loss of Communication with the Energy
Management Module
This alert occurs when the MBB cannot communicate with the
EMM. These units do not currently support any operation with the
EMM. This alert is caused by an internal force to look for the
EMM board. When this happens, reload software on the MBB and do not restore configurations, the factory configurations must be used at first. Replace the MBB if alert continues.
Alert Code T175 – Loss of communication with VFD
This alert occurs when the Indoor Fan Type (Configuration→
I.FAN → FTYP) is set to 1 and the MBB cannot communicate with the VFD. The control will shutdown the unit and prevent normal operation. This alert will automatically reset when communication is established again. This alert is usually caused by a wiring problem or a incorrect configuration in the VFD or the
MBB.
Alert Code T179 – Loss of Communication with the
Economizer Control Board
This alert occurs when the MBB cannot communicate with the
ECB. Economizer operation will be disabled. This is usually caused by a wiring problem. If a relative humidity sensor is installed and configured but there is not an ECB installed on the unit, this alert will be generated (the ECB is required for RH sensor operation). Investigate using the Low Voltage Schematic, check that the ECB address is correct, and verify the resistance between pins on the LEN connections.
Alert Code T180 -- Loss of Communication with the
Economizer Actuator
This alert occurs when the ECB cannot communicate with the
Belimo Actuator. If the analog signal is connected properly, the economizer can still be controlled through it. This is usually caused by a wiring problem, actuator failure, or the wrong actuator.
Investigate using the Low Voltage Schematic. Make sure the actuator is a MFT communication actuator and verify the feedback signal from the actuator is correct.
Alert Code T181 – Loss of communication with Outside Air Unit
This alert occurs when the Outdoor Air Unit Type (Configuration
→ OAU → OA.TY) is not set to 0 and the OAU Operating Mode
(Run Status → OAU → OA.OP) has not been communicated in the past 3 minutes. The control will reset all OAU data. This alert will automatically reset when communication is established again.
This alert is usually caused by a wiring problem or a problem with the OAU communication.
Alarm Code A200 -- Linkage Timeout -- Comm Failure
This alarm occurs when the MBB fails to communicate with a
Linkage device. This only occurs when the MBB has previously communicated with a Linkage device since last power cycle. If a back up sensor was not installed the T074 alert will occur shortly after this one. Reset power to the unit and verify Linkage is communicating.
Alarm Code A404 -- Fire Shutdown
This alarm occurs when the shutdown input is either open or closed depending upon its configuration. This alarm is usually caused by an auxiliary device that is trying to shut down the unit, e.g., smoke detector. The configuration for this switch input can be found at variable Configuration→UNIT→FS.SW. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device.
This alarm resets automatically.
Alert Code T408 -- Dirty Air Filter
This alert occurs when the Filter Status switch senses a plugged filter for 120 continuous seconds after the indoor fan has been running for 10 seconds. Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured normally opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The configuration for this switch input can be found at variable Configuration→UNIT→FL.SW. Verify that the configuration is set correct, verify the wiring and filter status switch. The hose should be connected to the low side of the switch.
This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T409
There are 2 different texts for this alert code. Pressing enter and esc on the marquee or navigator to expand the T409 alert will show you one of the below alerts. Make sure the expanded text is read correctly before troubleshooting.
S Fan Status Switch On, Fan Contactor Off
This alarm occurs when the fan status switch has sensed that the indoor fan has been on for 10 seconds and the indoor fan feedback has determined that the indoor fan should be off.
Because the Fan Status switch can be configured normally
27
opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The configuration for this switch input can be found at
Configuration→UNIT→FN.SW. Verify that the configuration is set correctly. Verify the wiring and fan status switch. The hose should be connected to the high side of the switch. If the IDF is configured to shut down the unit when this alarm occurs
(Configuration→I.FAN→IDF.F = YES), then this alarm can only be reset manually and the unit is shut down. If the IDF is not configured to shut the unit down when this alarm occurs
(IDF.F = NO), then this alarm resets automatically and no specific control action is taken.
S
Fan Status Switch Off, Fan Contactor On
This alert occurs when the fan status switch has sensed that the indoor fan has been off for 10 seconds and the indoor fan feedback has determined that the indoor fan should be on.
Because the Fan Status switch can be configured normally opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The configuration for this switch input can be found at
Configuration→UNIT→FN.SW. Verify that the configuration is set correctly. Verify the wiring and fan status switch. The hose should be connected to the high side of the switch. If the IDF is configured to shut down the unit down when this alert occurs
(Configuration→I.FAN→IDF.F = YES), then this alarm can only be reset manually and the unit is shut down. If the IDF is not configured to shut the unit down when this alert occurs
(IDF.F = NO), then this alert resets automatically and no specific control action is taken.
Alert Code T410
S R--W1 Jumper Not Installed in Space Temp Mode
This alert occurs when the control mode is Space Temperature mode via Auto Select or Space Temp Select, yet there is no power to W1. Verify that space temperature mode is the desired mode or add jumper between R and W1 (on TB A). This alert resets automatically.
S
R--W1 Jumper Must be Installed to Run Heat in Service Test
This alert occurs when a request for a heat output has occurred yet the W1 input is not high. A jumper must be installed between R and W1 (on TB A) when trying to test heat in Service
Test. The alert will clear when Service Test is exited or if another
Service Test mode is selected. Remove jumper when done using
Service Test if the unit is operating with a thermostat. The jumper should only be left in place if the unit is operating with a space temperature probe.
Alert Code T411 -- Thermostat Y2 Input Activated without
Y1 Activated
This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when Y2 is energized and
Y1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When Y2 turns
On, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both On. When
Y2 turns Off, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both
Off. This alert resets automatically when Y1 is turned On.
Alert Code T412 – Thermostat W2 Input Activated without
W1 Activated
This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when W2 is energized and
W1 is not. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns On, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both On.
When W2 turns Off, the software will behave as if W1 and W2 are both Off. This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned On.
Alert Code T413 – Thermostat Y and W Inputs Activated
Simultaneously
This alert occurs in Thermostat mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simultaneously with W1 or W2. Verify thermostat and thermostat wiring. The software will enter either the cooling or heating mode depending upon which input turned on first. This alert resets automatically when Y1 and Y2 are not on simultaneously with W1 and W2.
Alert Code T414
There are 6 different alerts under this one alert code. Pressing enter and esc on the marquee or navigator to expand the T414 alert will show you one of the below alerts. All these alerts are generated by the Belimo actuator and reported to the ECB. These alerts can only occur if the ECB is controlling the actuator digitally through MFT.
S
Economizer Damper Actuator Out of Calibration
This alert occurs when the economizer actuator reports a control angle (Operating Modes→ECON→C.ANG) less than the minimum control angle (Configuration→ECON→M.ANG).
Initiate economizer calibration (Service Test→INDP→E.CAL) using the Service Test menu. The economizer calibration procedure will try to find new maximum open and closed positions. If the alert does not clear automatically after the calibration procedure is complete, investigate what is limiting economizer rotation. After that step, run another calibration, but first power off unit (spring return the damper), loosen the actuator clamp, and while pushing the damper closed, tighten the clamp. This alert resets automatically.
S Economizer Damper Actuator Torque Above Load Limit
This alert occurs when the actuator load is too high. Investigate to determine what is increasing damper load, and verify that the actuator is the correct size for the unit. This alert resets automatically.
S Economizer Damper Actuator Hunting Excessively
This alert occurs when the commanded damper position is changing too rapidly. The stop jog ratio must be less than 21% to clear this alert. Leave the actuator powered with no signal for a few hours to allow the ratio to decrease (may have to wait longer than a few hours). If the alert continues, determine if the
ECB or actuator is bad. This alert resets automatically.
S Economizer Damper Stuck or Jammed
This alarm occurs when the actuator is no longer moving and the actual position is greater than or less than 3% of the commanded position for 20 seconds. Investigate what is stopping the rotation of the actuator and fix. This alert resets automatically.
S Economizer Damper Actuator Mechanical Failure
This alert occurs when the actuator senses a catastrophic failure.
Investigate actuator and replace if necessary. This alert resets automatically.
S Economizer Damper Actuator Direction Switch Wrong Position
This alert occurs when the economizer damper direction switch is in the wrong position. The direction switch should be in the clockwise position and the actuator should be mounted so that the CW face of the actuator is accessible. Correct if necessary.
This alert clears automatically.
Alert Code T415 -- IAQ Input Out of Range
This alert occurs when the IAQ input (on ECB) is less than 3.5 mA and the sensor is configured as installed. IAQ operation will be disabled. Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
28
Alert Code T416 -- OAQ Input Out of Range
This alert occurs when the OAQ input (on ECB) is less than 3.5
mA and the sensor is configured as installed. OAQ operation will be disabled.
Check sensor and wiring. This alert clears automatically.
Alert Code T418
There are 4 different alerts under this one alert code. Pressing enter and esc on the marquee or navigator to expand the T418 alert will show you one of the below alerts. All these alerts are generated by the OAU device and reported to the MBB. These alerts can only occur if the Outdoor Air Unit Type (Configuration → OAU →
OA.TY) is not set to 0. Control action is only taken on the OAU side and these alerts will reset automatically when the OAU clears them. Refer to the EnergyX Supplemental Installation Instructions for more information on these alarms.
S OAU Motor Failure
This alert occurs when the OAU Motor Failure Alarm
(Operating Modes → OAU → ALM.1) is on. This is usually due to motor status reporting a failure on the OAU.
S OAU Dirty Filter
This alert occurs when the OAU Dirty Filter Alarm (Operating
Modes → OAU → ALM.2) is on. This is usually due to filter status reporting a dirty filter on the OAU.
S
OAU Low CFM
This alert occurs when the OAU Low CFM Alarm (Operating
Modes → OAU → ALM.3) is on. This is usually due to OAU not capable of achieving proper CFM. If unit is equipped with a
VFD on the indoor fan, the configuration OAU Fan Boost
Enable is set to yes (Configuration→ OAU → EFBE = Yes), and this alarm is active for 10 minutes, the fan will be commanded to the next highest configured fan speed. If this alarm is still active after another 10 minutes, the fan will again change to the next highest configured fan speed, and so on every
10 minutes until the maximum speed is commanded. The fan will stay at this override commanded speed until this alarm clears and a different function changes the commanded speed.
S
OAU General Alarm
This alert occurs when the OAU Alarm (Operating Modes →
OAU → ALM.4) is on. Refer to the specific OAU documentation for details.
29
ALARM
OR
ALERT
NUMBER
T051
T055
T064
T065
T066
T067
T073
T074
T075
DESCRIPTION
Compressor A1 Safety Trip
Service Test --- Compressor A1 Safety Trip
Compressor A1 Detected After Turnoff
Service Test --- Compressor A1 Detected After
Turnoff
Compressor B1 Safety Trip
Service Test --- Compressor B1 Safety Trip
Compressor B1 Detect After Turnoff
Service Test --- Compressor B1 Detected After
Turnoff
Circuit A Saturated Condensing Temp Thermistor
Failure
Circuit B Saturated Condensing Temp Thermistor
Failure
Circuit A Saturated Suction Temperature
Thermistor Failure
Circuit B Saturated Suction Temperature
Thermistor Failure
Outdoor Air Temperature Thermistor Failure
Space Temperature Thermistor Failure
Supply Air Temperature Thermistor Failure
T076 Return Air Thermistor Failure
T077
T092
T093
T110
T111
T126
T127
T133
T134
T143
T144
Space Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
Circuit A Suction Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit B Suction Pressure Transducer Failure
Circuit A Loss of Charge
Service Test --- Circuit A Loss of Charge
Circuit B Loss of Charge
Service Test --- Circuit B Loss of Charge
Circuit A High Discharge Pressure
Service Test --- Circuit A High Discharge Pressure
Circuit B High Discharge Pressure
Service Test --- Circuit B High Discharge Pressure
Circuit A Low Refrigerant Pressure
Service Test --- Circuit A Low Refrigerant Pressure
Circuit B Low Refrigerant Pressure
Service Test --- Circuit B Low Refrigerant Pressure
Circuit A Failure To Pressurize
Service Test --- Circuit A Failure to Pressurize
Circuit B Failure To Pressurize
Service Test --- Circuit B Failure to Pressurize
Real Timeclock Hardware Failure T153
LEGEND
ECB --- Economizer Control Board
IGC --- Integrated Gas Controller
MBB --- Main Base Board
OAT --- Outdoor---Air Thermistor
Table 7 – ComfortLink Alarm Codes
ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL
Add Strike for Circuit A
Turn off all compressors
Add Strike for Circuit B
Turn off all compressors
Limited Diagnostic
Limited Diagnostic
No Circuit A Cooling
No Circuit B Cooling
No cooling with economizer
If U.CTL = 3, then no heating or cooling
No cooling with economizer and No adaptive compressor staging
If RAT.S = Yes, then no differential Dry Bulb control
If RH.S = Yes, then no indoor humidity control
Lockout Circuit A
Lockout Circuit B
Lockout Circuit A
Lockout Circuit B
Shutdown Circuit A
Shutdown Circuit B
Add Strike for Circuit A
Add Strike for Circuit B
Add Strike for Circuit A
Add Strike for Circuit B
No time and date schedule operation
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
RESET
METHOD
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
PROBABLE CAUSE
High--- pressure switch open. Compressor internal protection open. Wiring error
Welded contactor
High--- pressure switch open. Compressor internal protection open. Wiring error
Welded contactor
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Circuit A Suction transducer internally forced inactive
Circuit B Suction transducer internally forced inactive
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Faulty, shorted, or open sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection.
Faulty transducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, or loose connection
Faulty transducer, faulty 5--- V power supply, or loose connection
Low refrigerant or faulty suction pressure transducer
Low refrigerant or faulty suction pressure transducer
An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high--- pressure switch.
An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high--- pressure switch.
Low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan turning backwards, loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air, or stuck open economizer when the ambient temperature is low.
Low refrigerant charge, dirty filters, evaporator fan turning backwards, loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air, or stuck open economizer when the ambient temperature is low.
Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor
Wiring causing reverse rotation or faulty compressor
No time/date configured, software failure, or MBB failure
30
A164
T173
T175
T179
T180
T181
A200
A404
T408
ALARM
OR
ALERT
NUMBER
A154
T155
A156
A157
A163
DESCRIPTION
Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Fail Error
A/D Hardware Failure
Circuit A Down Due to Failure
Service Test --- Circuit A Down Due to Failure
Circuit B Down Due to Failure
Service Test --- Circuit B Down Due to Failure
Loss of communication with the Energy
Management Module
Loss of communication with VFD
Loss of communication with the Economizer
Control Board
Loss of communication with the Economizer
Actuator
Loss of communication with Outside Air Unit
Linkage Timeout Error --- Comm Failure
Fire Shutdown
Dirty Air Filter
Fan Status Switch ON, fan commanded off
Table 7 — ComfortLink Alarm Codes (cont)
ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL
Unit Shutdown
Unit operation errors
Unit Shutdown
Unit Shutdown
Lockout Circuit A
Lockout Circuit B
No action
Unit Shutdown
No economizer operation
No economizer operation
Reset OAU data
No Linkage Operation fall back to local SPT
Unit Shutdown
Alert Generated
If IDF.F = Yes, then Unit
Shutdown
T409
Fan Status Switch OFF, fan commanded on
T410
T411
T412
T413
T414
R--- W1 Jumper Not Installed in Space Temp Mode
R--- W1 Jumper Must Be Installed to Run Heat In
Service Test
Thermostat Y2 Input Activated without Y1 Activated
Thermostat W2 Input Activated without W1
Activated
Thermostat Y and W Inputs Activated
Simultaneously
Economizer Damper Actuator Out of Calibration
Economizer Damper Actuator Torque Above Load
Limit
Economizer Damper Actuator Hunting Excessively
Economizer Damper Stuck or Jammed
T415
T416
T418
Economizer Damper Actuator Mechanical Failure
Economizer Damper Actuator Direction Switch
Wrong
IAQ Input Out of Range
OAQ Input Out of Range
OAU Motor Failure
OAU Dirty Filter
OAU Low CFM
OAU General Alarm
LEGEND
ECB --- Economizer Control Board
IGC --- Integrated Gas Controller
MBB --- Main Base Board
OAT --- Outdoor---Air Thermistor
If IDF.F = Yes, then Unit
Shutdown
Unable to run heat
Unable to Test Heat Outputs
Run unit as if Y2 and Y1 are
On
Run unit as if W2 and W1 are
On
Run unit in mode activated first
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
Alert Generated
No IAQ Operations
No OAQ Operations
Alert generated
Alert generated
Alert generated
Alert generated
RESET
METHOD
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
If IDF.F =
YES, then
Manual, otherwise automatic
If IDF.F =
YES, then
Manual, otherwise automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
PROBABLE CAUSE
Software failure or MBB failure
Software failure or MBB failure
Software failure or MBB failure
Software failure or MBB failure
Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another alarm
MBB Software failure, reload software or replace board
Communication connection bad or miswired, misconfigured
VFD.
Communication wiring problem with ECB or faulty MBB or ECB
Communication wiring problem with actuator.
Wiring Problem or OAU communication failure
Received a table write from Linkage before, now not receiving any linkage commands
Smoke detected by smoke detector
Dirty Filter
Bad Fan Status Switch. Configuration incorrect.
Tripped Circuit Breaker. Broken belt. Bad indoor fan motor.
Configuration incorrect. Bad fan status switch.
Missing jumper wire
Missing jumper wire
Bad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring
Bad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring
Bad Thermostat or Thermostat Wiring
Calibrate economizer (E.CAL). If problem still exist then determine what is limiting economizer rotation.
Actuator load too high. Check damper load.
Damper position changing too quickly.
No economizer motion. Check damper blades, gears, and actuator.
Check actuator and replace if necessary.
Actuator direction control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.
Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
Bad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured incorrectly.
Check OAU motors for failure
Check/change OAU filters
Check OAU air flow
Check OAU
31
Control Module Communication
Red LED
Proper operation of the MBB and ECB control boards can be visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs should blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the red LED on the ECB is not blinking, check the DIP switch positions on the board. If the red
LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct power is being supplied to all modules. A blinking red LED at the rate of once per second means that software is not loaded on the board. Also, be sure that the board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload current software. A board LED that is lit continuously should be replaced.
Green LED
The MBB and ECB each have one green LED. The Local
Equipment Network (LEN) LED should always be blinking whenever power is on. If LEN LED is not blinking, check LEN connections for potential communication errors (MBB J3, J4, and
J5). Communication between modules is accomplished by a 3-wire sensor bus. These 3 wires run in parallel from module to module.
Device
MBB
ECB
Board Serial
Number
Prior to 4702N
Starting 4702N
Prior to 0803N
Starting 0803N
The J4 connector on the MBB also provides both power and communication directly to the Scrolling Marquee display. The J5 connector on the MBB provides a LEN interface at the field connection terminal (TB).
Yellow LED
The MBB has one yellow LED which is used to indicate CCN communication activity. The Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN)
LED will blink during times of network communication.
Communication Failures
If the Scrolling Marquee or Navigator display Communication
Failure or the green or yellow LED’s do not flash on the boards then the problem could be the communication chip on one of the control boards (MBB or ECB). Disconnect all the LEN and CCN plugs from the board and use an ohm meter to measure the resistance on the communication pins of the boards to determine if the board is bad. If the reading is less than half the value indicated in Table 8, then the board needs to be replaced.
NOTE: The resistive values should be read when the board is powered off and the unit is locked out.
Table 8 – LEN and CCN Communication Resistances
(LEN) Resistance between Pins/Connector
Pins 1 to 3 Pins 1 to 2 Pins 2 to 3
15K Ω
J3, J4, & J5
18.9K Ω
J3, J4, & J5
7.5K Ω
J3, J4, & J5
9.9K Ω
J3, J4, & J5
7.5K Ω
J3, J4, & J5
9.9K Ω
J3, J4, & J5
5.9K Ω
J2
18.9K Ω
J2
5.2K Ω
J2
9.9K Ω
J2
5K Ω
J2
9.9K Ω
J2
---
(CCN) Resistance between Pins/Connector
Pins 5 to 7 Pins 5 to 6 Pins 6 to 7
15K Ω
J5
18.9K Ω
J5
7.5K Ω
J5
9.9K Ω
J5
7.5K Ω
J5
9.9K Ω
J5
-------
-----
32
Cooling Troubleshooting
Use the Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the cooling status display and the cooling diagnostic display (see
Appendix A) for information on the cooling operation. Check the current alarms and alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any causes. (See Table 7.) Verify any unique control configurations per installed site requirements or accessories.
If alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors and fans may be verified by using the Service Test mode. (See Table 4.) See Table 9 for general cooling service analysis.
Table 9 – Cooling Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Compressor and Fan Will Not
Start.
Call power company.
REMEDY
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Power disconnect.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Compressor Cycles (other than normally satisfying thermostat).
Compressor Operates
Continuously.
Outdoor temperature too low.
Active alarm.
Check Compressor Lockout Temperature using
ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee.
Determine cause and correct.
Insufficient line voltage.
Active alarm.
Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee.
Unit undersized for load.
Decrease load or increase size of unit.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point too low.
Reset thermostat or schedule set point.
Dirty air filters.
Low refrigerant charge.
Replace filters.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and recharge.
Condenser coil dirty or restricted.
Excessive Condenser Pressures.
Loose condenser thermistors.
Dirty condenser coil.
Refrigerant overcharge.
Faulty TXV.
Condenser Fans Not Operating.
Excessive Suction Pressure.
Suction Pressure Too Low.
Condenser air restricted or air short cycling.
Restriction in liquid tube.
No Power to contactors.
High heat load.
Faulty TXV.
Refrigerant overcharged.
Dirty air filters.
Low refrigerant charge.
Clean coil or remove restriction.
Tighten thermistors.
Clean coil.
Recover excess refrigerant.
1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Determine cause and correct.
Remove restriction.
Fuse blown or plug at motor loose.
Check for sources and eliminate
1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Recover excess refrigerant.
Replace air filters.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and recharge.
Compressor not running but
ComfortLINK Status show it is on.
CAUSE
Power failure.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped.
Disconnect off.
Compressor time guard to prevent short cycling.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calling for Cooling.
Faulty TXV.
Insufficient evaporator airflow.
Temperature too low in conditioned area (low return-air temperature).
Condensate overflow switch, High pressure, or Freeze protection thermostat has tripped.
1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Check belt tension. Check for other restrictions.
Reset thermostat or occupancy schedule.
Check Alarms. (T051 or T055), check switches and conditions that can cause their trips.
LEGEND
CB
TXV
--- Circuit Breaker
--- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Humidi--MiZert Troubleshooting
NOTE: Although the ComfortLink software (v1.x) and this document reference the Humidi--MiZert, the factory installed
Humidi--MiZer option is not available for EnergyX equipped
48/50HC 17--28 units as of this time.
33
Economizer Troubleshooting
Use the unit Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the economizer status display and the economizer diagnostic display (see Appendix A) for information on the economizer operation. Check the current alarms and alarm history for any economizer alarm codes and correct any causes. (See Table 7.)
Verify any unique control configurations per installed site requirements or accessories. If alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the economizer may be verified by using the
Service Test mode (see Service Test section and Table 4). The following steps specify how to test the economizer using the
Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 10 for general economizer service analysis.
1. Enter the Service Test main menu on the display.
2. Enter TEST and turn ON test mode. A password may be needed in order to turn ON the Service Test. The default password is 1111.
3. Return to the main level of Service Test.
4. Enter the INDP submenu and enter an initial value for
ECON. This will drive the economizer damper to the specified position. Continue to adjust the ECON value to make sure the economizer opens and closes.
PROBLEM
Damper Does Not Move.
Economizer Operation is Limited to Minimum Position.
Economizer Position is Less
Than Minimum Position.
Economizer Does Not Return to Minimum Position.
Damper Does Not Close on
Power Loss.
Outdoor Damper Does Not Fully
Close at 0% or Fully Open at 100%.
Economizer is Not at Configured
Minimum Position
LEGEND
CCN --- Carrier Comfort Network
IAQ --- Indoor Air Quality
5. Because of a mechanical problem with the economizer, the actuator might acquire a new degree of rotation which is less than M.ANG. If this occurs, a “T414 Economizer
Damper Actuator Out of Calibration” alert will be generated. This alert can only occur if the economizer is using digital communications (Configuration
→ECON→E.CTL = 1 or 2). The economizer calibration procedure (Service Test→IND.P→E.CAL) will reconfigure the actuator to the new fully closed and fully open positions. To implement the calibration procedure, change
E.CAL from OFF to ON. E.CAL will remain ON as long as the calibration procedure is being implemented (as long as 5 minutes). During the calibration procedure the actuator will close fully and then open fully. After the calibration is complete, the degree of rotation should be greater than
M.ANG, causing the T414 alert to clear. If the T414 alert does not clear, check the economizer damper for other mechanical problems.
6. Return to Service Test→TEST and turn OFF test mode.
This will cause the unit to return to normal operation.
Table 10 – Economizer Service Analysis
Indoor Fan is off.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Actuator is unplugged at motor or at economizer board.
Unit is not configured for economizer.
REMEDY
Check for proper thermostat connection.
Unit is not configured for continuous fan operation and the thermostat is not calling for heating or cooling.
Unit is in Unoccupied mode and there is no call for heating or cooling.
Tripped circuit breaker.
No power to the unit.
Unit is off via CCN command.
Check wiring connections.
Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer high temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer low temperature lockout.
Communication loss to economizer board.
Damper is jammed.
Minimum position is set incorrectly.
Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer high temperature lockout.
Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer low temperature lockout.
Enthalpy or differential dry bulb are preventing free cooling.
Outdoor-air thermistor is faulty.
Low suction pressure problem with a compressor.
IAQ is controlling minimum damper position.
Unit is in Unoccupied mode.
Unit is operating under free cooling.
Configure unit for economizer per the instructions.
Adjust the high temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust the low temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Check wiring connections.
Identify the obstruction and safely remove.
Adjust minimum position setting.
Adjust the high temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust the low temperature lockout setting if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Check enthalpy and return air compared to outside air temperature.
Replace outdoor-air thermistor.
Economizer is operating correctly, identify compressor problem.
Adjust the IAQ settings if incorrect, otherwise, the economizer is operating correctly.
Adjust unit occupied schedule if incorrect, otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.
Economizer is operating correctly.
Damper is jammed or spring return is backwards.
Economizer actuator is out of calibration or spring return is backwards.
Unit is operating under free cooling or a force is applied to the commanded position.
Identify the obstruction and safely remove.
Enter Service Test mode and run the Calibrate
Economizer (E.CAL) procedure.
Economizer is operating correctly.
34
Heating Troubleshooting
Use the unit Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the heating status display and the heating diagnostic display (see
Appendix A) for information on the heating operation. Check the current alarms and alarm history for any heating alarm codes and correct any causes. (See Table 7.) Verify any unique control configurations per installed site requirements or accessories. If alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the heat stages and indoor fan may be verified by using the Service Test mode. (See Table 4.)
PROBLEM
Heat Will Not Turn On.
Burners Will Not Ignite.
Inadequate Heating.
Poor Flame
Characteristics.
Burners Will Not Turn Off.
Gas Heat (48HC Units)
See Table 11 for general gas heating service analysis. See Fig. 8 for service analysis of the IGC board logic. Check the status LED on the IGC board for any flashing alarm codes and correct any causes.
(See Table 12.)
Electric Heat (50HC Units)
See Table 13 for electric heating service analysis.
CAUSE
Unit is NOT configured for heat.
Active alarm.
Table 11 – Gas Heating Service Analysis
No power to unit.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control).
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short cycling.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners.
REMEDY
Check heating configurations using the ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee
Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee and the IGC flash codes.
Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Check fuses and plugs.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee and the IGC flash codes.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Water in gas line.
Dirty air filters.
Gas input too low.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point only calling for W1.
Unit undersized for load.
Restricted airflow.
Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before attempting to re-light unit.
Drain water and install drip.
Replace air filters.
Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment.
Allow time for W2 to energize or adjust setpoints.
Too much outdoor air.
Limit switch cycles main burners.
Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air) results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or floating flame.
Unit is in Minimum on-time.
Unit running in Service Test mode.
Main gas valve stuck.
Decrease load or increase of size of unit.
Remove restriction. Check SAT compared to the SAT heating limits.
Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum position using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings, and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compartment.
Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold pressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee and the IGC flash codes.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Turn off gas supply and unit power. Replace gas valve.
35
1 FLASH - INDOOR FAN DELAY
MODIFIED (HEATING)
2 FLASHES - OPENING OF LIMIT
SWITCH
3 FLASHES - FLAME SENSOR
INDICATES FLAME WITH
CLOSED GAS VALVE
4 FLASHES - LIMIT SWITCH
CYCLED 4 TIMES ON SINGLE
CALL FOR HEAT
5 FLASHES - IGNITION LOCKOUT
(No ignition within 15 minutes)
6 FLASHES - INDUCED DRAFT
MOTOR FAULT
(No signal from the Hall Effect
Sensor or 60 seconds)
7 FLASHES - OPENING OF
ROLLOUT SWITCH
8 FLASHES - HARDWARE OR
SOFTWARE FAULT
9 FLASHES - SOFTWARE
LOCKOUT
FLASHING LED is
ON
CALL FOR
OFF
24 VOLTS
BETWEEN
F1 AND C
YES
No
1. BLOWN 5 AMP FUSE
2. DEFECTIVE 24V TRANS.
3. BROKEN WIRE
4. NO POWER TO UNIT
DEFECTIVE
IGC BOARD
HEATING
‘W1’ FROM BASE CONTROL BOARD ENERGIZES ‘W’
ON IGC - 1 MINUTE LOCK-ON
COMBUSTION RELAY ON IGC IN ENERGIZED
COMBUSTION RELAY ENERGIZES INDUCED DRAFT MOTOR (IDM) THROUGH
TERMINAL ′CM′ ON IGC
IF IDM IS TURNING AT CORRECT SPEED (AT LEAST 2400 RPM), HALL
EFFECT SENSOR SENDS CORRECT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL ‘J1’ ON IGC
IF LIMIT SWITCH AND ROLLOUT
SWITCH ARE CLOSED, IGC SAFETY
LOGIC WILL INITIATE IGNITION
SEQUENCE
IGC HIGH VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMER CREATES A
10,000 VOLT SPARK FOR 5
SECONDS
IGC SAFETY LOGIC OPENS GAS
VALVE FOR 5 SECONDS
IGC SAFETY LOGIC WILL SHUT
OFF GAS VALVE AND SPARK
20 SECOND PURGE OF HEAT
EXCHANGER
No
DOES IGC DETECT
.2 MICROAMPS FOR 2
SECONDS
Yes
AFTER 45 SECONDS (OR LESS IF THE TIMING
HAS BEEN REDUCED DUE TO LIMIT SWITCH
TRIPS) IGC WILL ENERGIZE BLOWER RELAY
No
LEGEND
IDM – Induced-Draft Motor
IGC – Integrated Gas Unit Controller
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
IS THIS THE
33RD RETRY? (OR 15
MINUTES)
Yes
IGNITION LOCKOUT
(5 FLASHES OF LED)
DID LIMIT
SWITCH OPEN BEFORE THE 45
SECONDS (OR THE MODIFIED
TIME) HAS TIMED OUT?
Yes
SUBTRACT 5 SECONDS (OR
ANOTHER 5 SECONDS) FROM
INDOOR FAN ON TIME DELAY
No
NORMAL HEATING OPERATION
HEATING DEMAND SATISFIED
IDM STOPS, SAFETY LOGIC SHUTS OFF GAS VALVE
45 SECOND BLOWER SHUTOFF DELAY
(DELAY EXTENDED BY 5 SECONDS FOR EACH LIMIT SWITCH TRIP
MAXIMUM DELAY: 3 MINUTES)
Fig. 8 -- IGC Service Analysis Logic
C07014
36
Table 12 – IGC Board LED Alarm Codes
LED
FLASH
CODE
On
Off
1 Flash
DESCRIPTION
Normal Operation
Hardware Failure
Indoor Fan On/Off Delay
Modified
2 Flashes Limit Switch Fault
ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL
No gas heating.
5 seconds subtracted from
On delay.
—
5 seconds added to Off delay (3 min max).
Gas valve and igniter Off.
Indoor fan and inducer On.
9 Flashes Temporary Software
Lockout
LEGEND
IGC
LED
--- Integrated Gas Unit Control
--- Light---Emitting Diode
No gas heating.
RESET METHOD
Power reset.
—
—
Limit switch closed, or heat call (W) Off.
PROBABLE CAUSE
—
Loss of power to the IGC. Check 5 amp fuse on IGC, power to unit, 24V circuit breaker, transformer, and wiring to the IGC.
High temperature limit switch opens during heat exchanger warm-up period before fan-on delay expires.
High temperature limit switch opens within
10 minutes of heat call (W) Off.
See Limit Switch Fault.
High temperature limit switch is open. Check the operation of the indoor (evaporator) fan motor.
Ensure that the supply-air temperature rise is within the range on the unit nameplate. Check wiring and limit switch operation.
The IGC sensed a flame when the gas valve should be closed. Check wiring, flame sensor, and gas valve operation.
4 consecutive limit switch faults within a single call for heat. See Limit Switch Fault.
3 Flashes Flame Sense Fault
4 Flashes Four Consecutive Limit
Switch Fault
5 Flashes Ignition Fault
6 Flashes Induced Draft Motor
Fault
7 Flashes Rollout Switch Lockout
Indoor fan and inducer On. Flame sense normal.
Power reset for LED reset.
No gas heating.
Heat call (W) Off.
Power reset for LED reset.
No gas heating.
If heat off: no gas heating.
If heat on: gas valve Off and inducer On.
Gas valve and igniter Off.
Indoor fan and inducer On.
8 Flashes Internal Control Lockout No gas heating.
Heat call (W) Off.
Power reset for LED reset.
Inducer sense normal, or heat call (W) Off.
Power reset.
Power reset.
Unit unsuccessfully attempted ignition for 15 minutes.
Check igniter and flame sensor electrode spacing, gaps, etc. Check flame sense and igniter wiring. Check gas valve operation and gas supply.
Inducer sense On when heat call Off, or inducer sense Off when heat call On. Check wiring, voltage, and operation of IGC motor. Check speed sensor wiring to IGC.
Rollout switch has opened. Check gas valve operation. Check induced-draft blower wheel is properly secured to motor shaft.
IGC has sensed internal hardware or software error. If fault is not cleared by resetting 24 v power, replace the IGC.
Electrical interference is disrupting the IGC software.
1 hour auto reset, or power reset.
NOTES:
1. There is a 3---second pause between alarm code displays.
2. If more than one alarm code exists, all applicable alarm codes will be displayed in numerical sequence.
3. Alarm codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is interrupted.
PROBLEM
Heat Will Not Turn On.
Inadequate Heating.
Heat Will Not Turn Off.
Table 13 – Electric Heat Service Analysis
CAUSE
Active alarm.
Unit is NOT configured for heat.
No power to unit.
Unit is in minimum heat off-time, or minimum cool-heat changeover time.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint not calling for heating.
Heat forced off in Service Test mode.
REMEDY
Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check heating configurations using the ComfortLink
Scrolling Marquee
Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
No 24 vac at heater contactor.
Open temperature limit switch on heater.
Dirty air filters.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint only calling for W1.
Heat undersized for load.
Restricted airflow
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee. Turn Service
Test mode off.
Check transformer and circuit breaker.
Check auto-reset limit switches on heater.
Check manual-reset limit switch (LS) on indoor fan housing.
Check minimum airflow. Check limit switch when it is cool, replace if open.
Replace air filters.
Allow time for W2 to energize or adjust setpoints.
Too much outdoor air.
Limit switch cycles heaters.
Bad heater elements.
Unit is in minimum heat on-time.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint still calling for heating.
Heat forced on in Service Test mode.
Heater contactor failed.
Decrease load or increase size of heater.
Remove restriction. Check SAT compared to the SAT heating limits.
Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum position.
Check rotation of blower and minimum airflow.
Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check resistance of element, replace if open.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee. Turn Service
Test mode off.
Power off unit. Check contactor and replace if closed.
37
Phase Loss Protection
The phase loss protection option will monitor the three-phase electrical system to provide phase reversal and phase loss protection.
Phase Reversal Protection
If the control senses an incorrect phase relationship, the relay (K1) will be de-energized (opening its contact). If the phase relationship is correct, the relay will be energized. The control has a self-bypass function after a pre-set time. If the control determines that the three phases stay in a correct relationship for 10 consecutive minutes, the relay will stay energized regardless of the phase sequence of three inputs as long as 24-vac control voltage is applied. This self-bypass function will be reset if all three phases are restored in a phase loss event.
Phase Loss Protection
If the reverse rotation board senses any one of the three phase inputs has no AC voltage, the relay will be de--energized (opening its contact). This protection is always active as long as 24-vac control voltage is applied, and is not affected by the self by-pass function of the phase sequence monitoring function. However, in the event of phase loss, the relay will be re-energized only if all three phases are restored and the three phases are in the correct sequence.
A red LED is provided to indicate the function of the board. See the table below.
LED STATUS FUNCTION
On Continuously Relay contact closed (normal operation).
Blinking
Off
Relay contact open (phase loss or phase reversal has occurred) — No power will be supplied to the control system.
24 vac control power not present (off).
Thermistor Troubleshooting
The electronic control uses thermistors to sense temperatures used to control operation of the unit. Resistances at various temperatures are listed in Table 14 and 15. Thermistor pin connection points are shown in the Major System Components section. The general locations of the thermistors are shown the Major System
Components section.
Air Temperatures
Air temperatures are measured with 10 kilo-ohm thermistors. This includes supply-air temperature (SAT), outdoor-air temperature
(OAT), space temperature sensors (T55, T56, T58), and return air temperature (RAT).
The supply air temperature (SAT) and outdoor air temperature
(OAT) thermistors use a snap-mount to attach through the unit sheet metal panels. The snap-mount tabs must be flattened on the tip end of the sensor to release for removal from the panel. (See
Fig. 9.) To reinstall, make sure the snap-mount tabs extend out.
Refrigerant Temperatures
Condenser coil temperatures are measured with 5 kilo-ohm thermistors. These measurements provide an approximate saturated condensing temperature for each circuit (SCT.A, SCT.B). Fig. 10--11 show the factory locations for the SCT thermistors. Ensure that thermistors are placed at the correct location and are snapped securely over the return bend so that contact is made between the thermistor and the tube.
C07015
Fig. 9 -- SAT and OAT Thermistor Mounting
Thermistor/Temperature Sensor Check
A high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this check.
Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the Main Base Board (see
Major System Components section).
Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature from Table 14 and 15.
To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading should be close, within 5°F if care was taken in applying thermocouple and taking readings.
If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature (freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage drop measured across thermistor at the J8 terminal, or by determining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor disconnected from
J8. Compare the values determined with the value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the Scrolling Marquee display.
Sensor Trim
Corrective offsets can be applied to the space temperature and the supply air temperature sensor readings. These corrections are set in the Configuration→TRIM menu for the display, or in the
Maintenance→TRIM table for CCN. See the Indoor Air Quality section for available adjustments to IAQ and OAQ sensor readings.
The space temperature may be corrected by entering either a calibration temperature value in SPT.C, or an offset temperature value in SPT.T. The supply-air temperature may be corrected by entering either a calibration temperature value in SAT.C, or an offset temperature value in SAT.T. If installed, the return air temperature may be corrected by entering either a calibration temperature value in RAT.C, or an offset temperature value in
RAT.T. Temperature corrections should only be made if sensor readings are compared to an accurate reference temperature measurement device.
38
SCT.A
SCT.B
Fig. 10 -- Saturated Condensing Temperature Thermistor Location — 48/50HC 17--20
C11477
SCT.B
SCT.A
C11478
Fig. 11 -- Saturated Condensing Temperature Thermistor Location — 48/50HC 24--28
Transducer Troubleshooting
The electronic control uses suction pressure transducers to measure the suction pressure of the refrigerant circuits. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in shown in Table 16, the
5vdc power is applied to legs A and B of the transducer and legs B to C represent the signal voltage. To use the voltage drop table for troubleshooting, read the voltage across A and B, then subtract the voltage reading from B to C. This is the voltage drop which can be looked up in Table 16. The accuracy of these transducers can be verified by connecting an accurate pressure gauge to the second refrigerant port in the suction line.
Forcing Inputs and Outputs
Many variables may have their value forced through CCN or directly at the local display. This can be useful during diagnostic testing and also during operation, typically as part of an advanced third party control scheme. Input and output points that may be forced are indicated as ‘forcible’ in the write status column of the display and CCN tables.
If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable will be displayed on the Scrolling Marquee with a blinking period “.” following its value. A forced value on Navigator™ accessory is indicated with a blinking “f”. A forced value on CCN devices is indicated with “Control” if forced at the unit display, or
“Supervisor” if forced via CCN. To remove a local force with the
Scrolling Marquee, select the point with the ENTER key and then press the up-arrow and down-arrow keys simultaneously.
NOTE: In the case of a control power reset, any force in effect at the time of power reset will be cleared.
39
33
34
35
36
29
30
31
32
25
26
27
28
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
–3
–2
–1
0
–7
–6
–5
–4
–11
–10
–9
–8
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
49
50
51
52
45
46
47
48
41
42
43
44
37
38
39
40
57
58
59
60
53
54
55
56
3.903
3.878
3.853
3.828
3.802
3.776
3.750
3.723
4.089
4.067
4.044
4.021
3.998
3.975
3.951
3.927
4.254
4.235
4.215
4.195
4.174
4.153
4.132
4.111
4.397
4.380
4.363
4.346
4.328
4.310
4.292
4.273
4.519
4.505
4.490
4.476
4.461
4.445
4.429
4.413
4.621
4.609
4.597
4.585
4.572
4.560
4.546
4.533
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.758
4.750
4.741
4.733
4.724
4.715
4.705
4.696
4.686
4.676
4.665
4.655
4.644
4.633
3.474
3.445
3.416
3.387
3.357
3.328
3.298
3.268
3.697
3.670
3.654
3.615
3.587
3.559
3.531
3.503
3.238
3.208
3.178
3.147
3.117
3.086
3.056
3.025
Table 14 – Temperature (_F) vs Resistance/Voltage Drop Values for
OAT, SAT, and SPT Thermistors (10K at 25_C Type II Resistors)
44,888
43,598
42,324
41,118
39,926
38,790
37,681
36,610
35,577
34,569
33,606
32,654
31,752
30,860
30,009
29,177
72,940
70,727
68,542
66,465
64,439
62,491
60,612
58,781
57,039
55,319
53,693
52,086
50,557
49,065
47,627
46,240
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
196,453
189,692
183,300
177,000
171,079
165,238
159,717
154,344
149,194
144,250
139,443
134,891
130,402
126,183
122,018
118,076
114,236
110,549
107,006
103,558
100,287
97,060
94,020
91,019
88,171
85,396
82,729
80,162
77,662
75,286
28,373
27,597
26,838
26,113
25,396
24,715
24,042
23,399
22,770
22,161
21,573
20,998
20,447
19,903
19,386
18,874
18,384
17,904
17,441
16,991
16,552
16,131
15,714
15,317
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
TEMP
(F)
147
148
149
150
151
152
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
95
96
97
98
91
92
93
94
87
88
89
90
83
84
85
86
79
80
81
82
75
76
77
78
71
72
73
74
67
68
69
70
TEMP
(F)
61
62
63
64
65
66
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
1.475
1.453
1.431
1.409
1.387
1.366
1.345
1.324
1.663
1.639
1.615
1.591
1.567
1.544
1.521
1.498
1.867
1.841
1.815
1.789
1.763
1.738
1.713
1.688
2.087
2.059
2.030
2.003
1.975
1.948
1.921
1.894
2.319
2.290
2.260
2.231
2.202
2.173
2.144
2.115
2.561
2.530
2.500
2.470
2.439
2.409
2.379
2.349
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.994
2.963
2.932
2.901
2.870
2.839
2.808
2.777
2.746
2.715
2.684
2.653
2.622
2.592
1.150
1.132
1.114
1.096
1.079
1.062
1.045
1.028
1.304
1.284
1.264
1.244
1.225
1.206
1.187
1.168
1.012
0.996
0.980
0.965
0.949
0.934
0.919
0.905
4.185
4,096
4,008
3,923
3,840
3,759
3,681
3,603
4,984
4,876
4,769
4,666
4,564
4,467
4,370
4,277
5,961
5,827
5,698
5,571
5,449
5,327
5,210
5,095
7,165
6,999
6,838
6,683
6,530
6,383
6,238
6,098
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,925
14,549
14,180
13,824
13,478
13,139
12,814
12,493
12,187
11,884
11,593
11,308
11,031
10,764
10,501
10,249
10,000
9,762
9,526
9,300
9,078
8,862
8,653
8,448
8,251
8,056
7,869
7,685
7,507
7,333
2,986
2,926
2,866
2,809
2,752
2,697
2,643
2,590
3,529
3,455
3,383
3,313
3,244
3,178
3,112
3,049
2,539
2,488
2,439
2,391
2,343
2,297
2,253
2,209
40
814
800
787
774
762
749
737
725
931
915
900
885
870
855
841
827
1,070
1,052
1,033
1,016
998
981
964
947
1,233
1,211
1,190
1,169
1,148
1,128
1,108
1,089
629
620
610
601
592
583
574
566
557
714
702
691
680
670
659
649
639
1,426
1,400
1,375
1,350
1,326
1,302
1,278
1,255
1,656
1,625
1,594
1,565
1,536
1,508
1,480
1,453
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,166
2,124
2,083
2,043
2,003
1,966
1,928
1,891
1,855
1,820
1,786
1,752
1,719
1,687
0.376
0.370
0.365
0.359
0.354
0.349
0.343
0.338
0.426
0.419
0.413
0.407
0.400
0.394
0.388
0.382
0.483
0.476
0.468
0.461
0.454
0.447
0.440
0.433
0.549
0.540
0.532
0.523
0.515
0.507
0.499
0.491
0.296
0.292
0.288
0.284
0.279
0.275
0.272
0.268
0.264
0.333
0.328
0.323
0.318
0.314
0.309
0.305
0.300
0.624
0.614
0.604
0.595
0.585
0.576
0.567
0.558
0.710
0.699
0.687
0.676
0.666
0.655
0.645
0.634
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.890
0.876
0.862
0.848
0.835
0.821
0.808
0.795
0.782
0.770
0.758
0.745
0.733
0.722
33
34
35
36
29
30
31
32
25
26
27
28
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
13
14
15
16
9
10
11
12
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
–3
–2
–1
0
–7
–6
–5
–4
–11
–10
–9
–8
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
49
50
51
52
45
46
47
48
41
42
43
44
37
38
39
40
53
54
55
56
57
58
2.759
2.735
2.710
2.685
2.660
2.634
2.609
2.583
2.949
2.926
2.903
2.879
2.856
2.832
2.808
2.784
3.124
3.103
3.082
3.060
3.038
3.016
2.994
2.972
3.281
3.262
3.243
3.224
3.205
3.185
3.165
3.145
3.418
3.402
3.386
3.369
3.352
3.335
3.317
3.299
3.536
3.523
3.509
3.494
3.480
3.465
3.450
3.434
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.699
3.689
3.679
3.668
3.658
3.647
3.636
3.624
3.613
3.601
3.588
3.576
3.563
3.550
2.349
2.323
2.296
2.270
2.244
2.217
2.191
2.165
2.558
2.532
2.506
2.480
2.454
2.428
2.402
2.376
2.138
2.112
2.086
2.060
2.034
2.008
22,427
21,779
21,153
20,547
19,960
19,393
18,843
18,311
17,796
17,297
16,814
16,346
15,892
15,453
15,027
14,614
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,185
32,176
31,202
30,260
29,351
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,011
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
61,070
59,081
57,162
55,311
53,526
51,804
50,143
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
98,010
94,707
91,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,871
77,212
74,648
72,175
69,790
67,490
65,272
63,133
14,214
13,826
13,449
13,084
12,730
12,387
12,053
11,730
11,416
11,112
10,816
10,529
10,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,511
8,291
8,076
0.858
0.843
0.829
0.815
0.801
0.787
0.774
0.761
0.983
0.966
0.950
0.934
0.918
0.903
0.888
0.873
1.122
1.104
1.086
1.068
1.051
1.033
1.016
0.999
1.278
1.257
1.237
1.217
1.198
1.179
1.160
1.141
1.448
1.426
1.404
1.382
1.361
1.340
1.319
1.298
1.632
1.609
1.585
1.562
1.538
1.516
1.493
1.470
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.982
1.956
1.930
1.905
1.879
1.854
1.829
1.804
1.779
1.754
1.729
1.705
1.681
1.656
0.651
0.640
0.629
0.618
0.608
0.597
0.587
0.577
0.748
0.735
0.723
0.710
0.698
0.686
0.674
0.663
0.567
0.557
0.548
0.538
0.529
0.520
TEMP (F)
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
95
96
97
98
91
92
93
94
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
139
140
141
142
87
88
89
90
83
84
85
86
79
80
81
82
75
76
77
78
71
72
73
74
67
68
69
70
63
64
65
66
59
60
61
62
Table 15 – Temperature (_F) vs. Resistance/Voltage Drop Values for SCT Sensors (5K at 25_C Resistors)
0.206
0.203
0.200
0.197
0.194
0.191
0.188
0.185
0.235
0.231
0.228
0.224
0.220
0.217
0.213
0.210
0.268
0.264
0.259
0.255
0.251
0.247
0.243
0.239
0.306
0.301
0.296
0.291
0.286
0.282
0.277
0.272
0.160
0.158
0.155
0.153
0.151
0.148
0.146
0.144
0.182
0.179
0.176
0.173
0.171
0.168
0.165
0.163
0.142
0.140
0.138
0.135
0.133
0.350
0.344
0.339
0.333
0.327
0.322
0.317
0.311
0.402
0.395
0.388
0.381
0.375
0.369
0.362
0.356
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.511
0.502
0.494
0.485
0.477
0.469
0.461
0.453
0.445
0.438
0.430
0.423
0.416
0.408
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
3,099
3,031
2,964
2,898
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
5,497
5,361
5,229
5,101
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
7,866
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,091
6,911
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,081
5,929
5,781
5,637
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,401
1,373
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,345
1,318
1,291
1,265
1,240
1,214
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
405
487
480
473
467
461
456
450
445
551
542
533
524
516
508
501
494
638
626
614
602
591
581
570
561
361
356
350
344
338
332
325
318
311
304
297
289
282
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
750
734
719
705
690
677
663
650
887
868
850
832
815
798
782
765
RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007
986
965
945
925
906
TEMP (F)
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
223
224
225
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
41
34
36
38
40
42
24
26
28
30
32
PRESSURE
(psig)
0
2
10
12
4
6
8
14
16
18
20
22
60
62
64
66
54
56
58
44
46
48
50
52
Table 16 – Pressure (psig) vs. Voltage Drop Values for Suction Pressure Transducers
0.820
0.839
0.859
0.879
0.898
0.918
0.938
0.958
0.977
0.997
1.017
1.036
1.056
1.076
1.095
1.115
0.623
0.642
0.662
0.682
0.702
0.721
0.741
0.761
0.780
0.800
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.465
0.485
0.505
0.524
0.544
0.564
0.583
0.603
1.489
1.509
1.529
1.548
1.568
1.588
1.607
1.627
1.647
1.666
1.686
1.706
1.726
1.745
1.765
1.785
1.292
1.312
1.332
1.351
1.371
1.391
1.410
1.430
1.450
1.470
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.135
1.154
1.174
1.194
1.214
1.233
1.253
1.273
102
104
106
108
110
92
94
96
98
100
PRESSURE
(psig)
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
122
124
126
128
130
132
134
112
114
116
118
120
2.159
2.178
2.198
2.218
2.237
2.257
2.277
2.297
2.316
2.336
2.356
2.375
2.395
2.415
2.434
2.454
1.962
1.982
2.001
2.021
2.041
2.060
2.080
2.100
2.119
2.139
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.804
1.824
1.844
1.863
1.883
1.903
1.922
1.942
170
172
174
176
178
160
162
164
166
168
PRESSURE
(psig)
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
156
158
190
192
194
196
198
200
202
180
182
184
186
188
238
240
242
244
246
228
230
232
234
236
PRESSURE
(psig)
204
206
208
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
224
226
258
260
262
264
266
268
270
248
250
252
254
256
2.828
2.848
2.868
2.887
2.907
2.927
2.946
2.966
2.986
3.005
3.025
3.045
3.065
3.084
3.104
3.124
2.631
2.651
2.671
2.690
2.710
2.730
2.749
2.769
2.789
2.809
VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.474
2.493
2.513
2.533
2.553
2.572
2.592
2.612
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General
The 48/50HC single package rooftop units contain the
ComfortLink electronic control system that monitors all operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed of several main control components and available factory-installed options or field-installed accessories as listed in sections below. See Figs. 12 through 15 for the control and power schematics for 48/50HC.
42
Fig. 12 -- Typical 48HC 17--28 ComfortLINK Control Diagram
43
C11522
Fig. 13 -- Typical 50HC 17--28 ComfortLINK Control Diagram
44
C11523
Fig. 14 -- Typical 48/50HC 17--24 208/230V 3 Ph. Power and Component Arrangement
45
C11524
Fig. 15 -- Typical 48/50HC 17--28 460V and 5750V 3 Ph. Power and Component Arrangement
46
C11525
Main Base Board (MBB)
See Fig. 16 and Table 17. The MBB is the center of the
ComfortLink control system. It contains the major portion of the operating software and controls the operation of the unit. The
MBB continuously monitors input/output channel information received from its inputs and from the Economizer Control Board
(ECB). The MBB receives inputs from thermistors and transducers.
RED LED - STATUS GREEN LED -
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)
The MBB also receives the Current Sensor inputs for compressors and other discrete or digital inputs. The MBB reads space temperature (SPT) from either a T-55, T-56 or T-58 device and space temperature offset (SPTO) from a T-56 device. See
Field-Installed Accessories section. The MBB controls 11 relays.
NOTE: The Main Base Board (MBB) has a 3-position instance jumper that is factory set to ‘1.’ Do not change this setting.
YELLOW LED -
CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)
INSTANCE JUMPER (SET TO 1)
CEPL130346-01
J1
J4
J2
J3
LEN
CCN
STATUS
J6
J5
J7 J8
Fig. 16 -- Main Base Board (MBB)
J10
J9
C07026
47
IGC.F
FDWN
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1
FIL.S
HUM
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
IDF.1
IDF.2
IDF.3
ALRM
COMP.B
COMP.A
HT.1
HT.2
SPT
SPTO
OAT
SAT
SCT.A
SCT.B
RAT
FAN.S
SSP.A
SSP.B
DISPLAY
NAME
Table 17 – Main Base Board (MBB) Connections
POINT DESCRIPTION
Input power from TRAN2
IGC Fan Request
Fire shutdown switch
Thermostat G (Fan)
Thermostat W2 (2nd Stage Heat)
Thermostat W1 (1st Stage Heat)
Thermostat Y2 (2nd Stage Cool)
Thermostat Y1 (1st Stage Cool)
Filter status switch
Humidistat switch input
Not Used
Not Used
Space temperature (T55/56)
Space temperature offset (T56)
Outdoor air temperature
Supply air temperature
Saturated condenser temperature, circuit A
Saturated condenser temperature, circuit B
Return Air Temperature
Fan status switch
Suction pressure, circuit A
Suction pressure, circuit B
Not Used
SENSOR LOCATION
INPUTS control box gas section supply/return/space space space space space space indoor fan section space space space outdoor coil support indoor fan housing, or supply duct outdoor coil, circuit A outdoor coil, circuit B
Return indoor fan section compressor A suction pipe compressor B suction pipe
TYPE OF I/O
24 VAC switch input switch input switch input switch input switch input switch input switch input switch input switch input
0---5vdc digital input
0---5vdc digital input
10k thermistor
10k thermistor
10k thermistor
10k thermistor
5k thermistor
5k thermistor
10k thermistor switch input
0---5 VDC pressure transducer
0---5 VDC pressure transducer
0---5 VDC
OUTPUTS
Cooling Reheat Control
Reheat 2 Valve Circuit A
Reheat 2 Valve circuit B
Indoor fan relay 1
Indoor Fan relay 2
Indoor Fan relay 3
Alarm relay
Compressor B1 relay
Compressor A1 relay
Heat Stage 2 relay
Heat Stage 1 relay relay relay relay relay relay relay relay relay relay relay relay
COMMUNICATION
Local Equipment Network (LEN)
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
Network device power
Scrolling Marquee Display (LEN)
Scrolling Marquee Display power
Expansion LEN Bus
Optional ECB power communication communication
24 VAC communication
24 VAC communication
24 VAC
CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
J10, 3
J10, 6
J10, 9
J10, 11
J10, 13
J10, 16
J10, 19
J10, 21
J10, 23
J10, 25
J10, 27
J5, 1---3
J5, 5---7
J5, 9---10
J4, 1---3
J4, 5---6
J3, 1---3
J2, 1---2
J1, 1---3
J6, 4
J6, 6
J7, 2
J7, 4
J7, 6
J7, 8
J7, 10
J9, 2---3
J9, 5---6
J9, 7---9
J9, 10---12
J8, 1---2
J8, 2---3
J8, 5---6
J8, 7---8
J8, 9---10
J8, 11---12
J8, 13---14
J8, 15---16
J8, 18---20
J8, 21---23
J8, 24---26
48
Economizer Control Board (ECB)
The ECB controls the economizer actuator. (See Fig. 17 and Table
18.) The control signal from the ECB uses either the MFT
(Multi-Function Technology) digital communication protocol or a
4 to 20 mA output signal as defined by the configuration
Configuration→ECON→E.CTL. The ECB has inputs for
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ), Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ), enthalpy and RH sensor. It also controls two power exhaust outputs.
By digitally communicating with the ECB, the economizer actuator is able to provide the damper position and diagnostic information to the ComfortLink controller. The damper position is displayed at Outputs→ECON→EC.AP. Diagnostic information is displayed via Alert T414. More information about these alarms is contained in the Alarms and Alerts section.
NOTE: The Economizer Control Board (ECB) has a
4-position DIP switch that is factory set to ‘0’ (ON, towards the center of the board). Do not change this setting.
Fig. 17 -- Economizer Control Board (ECB)
C07027
49
DISPLAY
NAME
RM.OC
ENTH or
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAQ or
SP.RH
PE.1
PE.2
EC.CP
EC.CP &
EC.AP
Table 18 – Economizer Control Board (ECB) Connections
POINT DESCRIPTION
Input power from MBB
Remote occupancy switch
Outdoor enthalpy switch, or
Indoor air quality switch
Indoor air quality sensor
Outdoor air quality sensor, or
Relative humidity sensor
Sensor Common
Actuator Common
SENSOR
LOCATION
INPUTS control box field installed economizer, or return/space return/space field installed
TYPE OF I/O
24 VAC switch input switch input
0---20 mA
0---20 mA
Ground
Ground
OUTPUTS
Output power to enthalpy switch
Output power for loop power sensors
Output power to economizer actuator
Power exhaust 1 relay
Power exhaust 2 relay
Commanded Economizer position
24 VAC
24 VDC
24 VAC relay relay
0---20 mA
COMMUNICATION
Local Equipment Network (LEN)
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
Economizer actuator position
(digital control) communication communication
MFT communication
CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
J4, 3
J5, 1
J7, 2
J8, 3
J8, 6
J9, 1
J2, 1---3
J3
J7, 1
J1, 1---2
J4, 2
J4, 4
J5, 2
J5, 5
J5, 3
J7, 3
50
Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board
The IGC is provided on gas heat units. (See Fig. 18 and Table 19.)
The IGC controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the
RED LED-STATUS rollout switch, limit switch, and induced-draft motor Hall Effect switch.
C07028
Fig. 18 -- Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board
RT, C
C
R
RS
LS
CS
SS
FS, T1
W
G
TERMINAL
LABEL
L1, CM
IFO
GV (W1)
GV (W2)
Table 19 – Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board Connections
POINT DESCRIPTION TYPE OF I/O SENSOR LOCATION
INPUTS control box 24 VAC Power for IDR on 575v units
Input power common
Speed sensor
Flame sensor
Heat stage 1 Call
Indoor Fan Call
Input power from TRAN 1
Rollout switch
Limit switch
Centrifugal switch (not used) gas section gas section
MBB to CTB to IGC
CTB to IGC
CTB to IGC gas section gas section analog input switch input
24 VAC
24 VAC
24 VAC switch input switch input switch input
Induced draft combustion motor or relay
Indoor fan request
Gas valve (heat stage 1)
Gas Valve (heat stage 2, from CTB)
OUTPUTS gas section control box gas section gas section line VAC relay relay
Not on IGC
CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER
Spade
Spade
J1, 1---3
Spade
J2, 2
J2, 3
J2, 4
J2, 5---6
J2, 7---8
J2, 9---10
J2, 1
J2, 12
51
TERMINAL
BLOCK
Upper
(TB A)
Table 20 – Upper and Lower Field Connection Terminal (TB A and TB B) Board Connections
TERMINAL
LABEL
C---2
R---2
SPT+
SPT---
X
G
SPTO
FDWN
W1
W2
Y1
Y2
DISPLAY
NAME*
SPT
SPT
SPTO
FDWN
ALRM
G
W1
W2
Y1
Y2
DESCRIPTION
Transformer 2 Common
24 VAC power Transformer 2
Space temperature (T55/56)
Space temperature (T55/56)
Space temperature offset (T56)
Fire shutdown switch input
Alarm output (normally open)
Thermostat G (Fan)
Thermostat W1 (1st stage heat)
Thermostat W2 (2nd stage heat)
Thermostat Y1 (1st stage cool)
Thermostat Y2 (2nd stage cool)
SENSOR
LOCATION space space space supply/return/space space space space space space space
TYPE OF I/O
24 VAC common
24 VAC
10k thermistor
10k thermistor
10k thermistor
24 VAC input
24 VAC output
24 VAC input
24 VAC input
24 VAC input
24 VAC input
24 VAC input
Lower
(TB B)
RAT
SAT
HUM
LPWR
COM
IAQ
SPRH
RMOC
ENTH
R---2
C---2
RAT
SAT
HUM
IAQ
SP.RH or
OAQ
RM.OC
ENTH or
IAQ.S
Return Air Temperature Sensor
Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Humidistat switch input
Analog Sensor Loop power (24vdc)
Analog sensor common
Indoor air quality sensor
Relative humidity sensor or
Outdoor air quality sensor
Remote occupancy switch
Outdoor enthalpy switch, or
Indoor air quality switch
24 VAC power Transformer 2
Transformer 2 Common
*Point name displayed on the Scrolling Marquee or Navigator.
return duct
Blower or duct supply/return/space return/space field installed field installed economizer, or return/space
10k thermistor
10k thermistor switch input
24 VDC
Ground
4---20 mA input
4---20 mA input
24 VAC input
24 VAC input
24 VAC
24 VAC common
8
4
6
1,3
5,7
9
2
10
12
15
16
TERMINAL
NUMBER
1,3,4
13,15,16
8
7
5
11
2
6
8
10
12
14
Low Voltage Terminal Boards (TB A and TB B)
There are two terminal boards with 16 terminals each, and oriented one mounted above the other. The front have screw terminals and the back have spade connectors. These terminal boards provide a connection point for the thermostat or space sensor and for most field--installed accessories. See Table 20.
Communication Interface Board (CIB)
This circuit board provides a field connection point for unit communications. The Local Equipment Network (LEN) RJ--11 connector allows a handheld Navigator to be plugged in to access the unit’s menus. The Carrier Comfort Network R communication connections. See Fig. 19.
(CCN) RJ--11 connector or the CCN screw terminals allow building
(+)
1
(com)
2
(-)
3 shield
4
CCN
LEN CCN
Fig. 19 -- Communications Interface Board (CIB)
C11508
Central Terminal Board (CTB)
This circuit board is a simple trace board that serves as a junction point between components and the ComfortLINK system. It is the distribution center for transformer 1’s power. The integrated gas controller (IGC), electric heater control, compressor control, and unit shutdown all feed through this trace board. See Fig. 20 and
Table 21 for the connections through this board.
52
Fig. 20 -- Central Terminal Board (CTB)
C11509
Table 21 – Central Terminal Board (CTB) Connections
CONNECTION
LABEL
PIN NUMBER POINT DESCRIPTION 24Vac FROM 24Vac TO
DDC
T’STAT
ECON
CLO1/
COMP1
CLO2/
COMP2
CIRCUIT 1
CIRCUIT 2
CONTRL
BOARD
PMR
UNIT
SHUTDOWN
R
C
6
7
HPS
LPS
HPS
LPS
2
1,2
3,4
3
4,5
7
6
5
4
6
3
4,5
5
6
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
REMOTE
SHUTDOWN
SMOKE
SHUTDOWN
24V OUT
C
Spades
Spades
Compressor 1 Call
Compressor 2 Call
Heat Stage 1 Call
Heat Stage 2 Call
Comp 1 Call jumper
Comp 2 Call jumper
Comp 1 Contactor Common
Comp 1 Jumper
Comp 1 Contactor Signal
Comp 2 Contactor Common
Comp 2 Jumper
Comp 2 Contactor Signal
ODF Contactor Signal
Comp 1 High Pressure Switch
Comp 1 jumper
Comp 2 High Pressure Switch
Comp 2 jumper
Heat Stage 2 Call
Heat Stage 1 Call
IGC Common/Ground
Transformer 1 Common/Ground
IGC Call for Indoor fan
IGC Call for Indoor fan
IGC power (T1J9)
Transformer 1 Power (T1J1)
Indoor Fan overload signal (T1J9)
Indoor Fan overload source (T1J8)
Ground
Phase Monitor Source (T1J6)
Phase Monitor Normally Closed Signal (T1J7)
Remote Disable Switch if installed (T1J4 and
T1J5)
Normally Closed Smoke Detector Contact (T1J3)
Smoke Detector Controller Power (T1J2)
Smoke Detector Controller Common
Transformer 1 Power after Safety Chain (T1J9)
Ground
MBB
MBB
MBB
MBB
DDC T’STAT
DDC T’STAT
CTB C
ECON
CIRCUIT 1 HPS
CTB C
ECON
CIRCUIT 2 HPS
ECON
CIRCUIT 1 LPS
CLO1/COMP1
CIRCUIT 2 LPS
CLO2/COMP2
DDC T’STAT
DDC T’STAT
CTB C
TRAN1 Common
IGC IFO
CONTL BOARD
CTB R
TRAN1 24Vac
Fan overload
PMR
CTB C
UNIT SHUTDOWN
PMR Device
SMOKE SHUTDOWN
Smoke Detector
CONTL BOARD
CTB C
CONTL BOARD
CONTL BOARD
PMR
REMOTE SHUTDOWN
Smoke Detector
Smoke Detector
The References above for T1J1 through T1J9 are to show the path of transformer 1 as is goes through the board and safety devices.
ECON
ECON
CONTL BOARD
CONTL BOARD
CLO1/COMP1
CLO2/COMP2
C1 --- Coil
CIRCUIT 1 LPS
C1 --- Coil
C1 --- Coil
CIRCUIT 2 LPS
C1 --- Coil
OFC1 --- Coil
CLO1/COMP1
CIRCUIT 1 HPS
CLO2/COMP2
CIRCUIT 2 HPS
Gas Valve or PL3
IGC---W or PL3
IGC C
CTB C
CONTL BOARD
MBB
IGC R
UNIT SHUTDOWN
CTB R
Fan overload
PMR Device
PMR Device
CONTL BOARD
53
Scrolling Marquee Display
This device is the keypad interface used to access rooftop information, read sensor values, and test the unit. (See Fig. 21.)
The Scrolling Marquee display is a 4-key, 4-character, 16-segment
LED (light-emitting diode) display. Eleven mode LEDs are located on the display as well as an Alarm Status LED. See Basic Control
Usage section for further details.
Accessory Navigatort Display
The accessory hand-held Navigator display can be used with
48/50HC units. (See Fig. 22.) The Navigator display operates the same way as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator display plugs into the LEN port on either TB or the ECB board.
MODE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock
Operating Modes
Alarms
Alarm Status
ESCAPE ENTER
Fig. 21 -- Scrolling Marquee
TIME
EWT
LWT
SETP
C o m f o
N A V
I G A r t
L i n k
T O R
1 2 . 5 8
°
4 4 . 1
4 4 . 0
°
°
F
F
F
M O D
E
Service
Test
Tempera ture s
Pres sures
Setpo ints
Inputs
Outp uts
Config uratio
Time C lock n
Operating
Alarm s
Modes
E S C
Alarm
Sta tus
E NTE
R
C06320
C06321
Fig. 22 -- Accessory Navigatort Display
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
R
Interface
The units can be connected to the CCN if desired. The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The system elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy chain arrangement. (See Fig. 23.) The positive pin of each system element communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is also required for the negative and signal ground pins of each system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made at the CIB.
(See Figs. 12 and 13.) Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (American
Wire Gauge) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of –20_C to 60_C is required. See Table below for acceptable wiring.
MANUFACTURER
Alpha
Belden
Carol
West Penn
PART NO.
2413 or 5463
8772
C2528
302
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used for the signal positive, black for the signal negative and white for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication bus cables must be tied together. The shield screw on CIB can be used to tie the cables together. If the communication bus is entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must be connected to a ground at one point only. The shield screw on CIB is not acceptable for grounding. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on CIB, the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the (–) terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on CIB can also be used, but is only intended for temporary connection (for example, a laptop computer running Carrier network software).
5. Restore power to unit.
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent some routines from running and may prevent the unit from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the connector. If conditions return to normal, check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary. A short in one section of the bus can cause problems with all system elements on the bus.
54
CCN BUS
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
BUILDING SUPERVISOR
NETWORK
OPTIONS
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
REMOTE
CCN SITE
AUTODIAL
GATEWAY
TERMINAL
SYSTEM
MANAGER
CL
ROOFTOP
UNIT
HEATING/COOLING UNITS
TCU
DAV AIR
TERMINAL
TCU
DAV AIR
TERMINAL
NON CARRIER
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
COMFORT
CONTROLLER
AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)
Fig. 23 -- CCN System Architecture
EnergyX
Units equipped with Optional EnergyX have a factory installed energy recovery ventilator (ERV). The ERV is used to pre--condition outside air as it is brought into the rooftop unit. To do this it uses building air and an enthalpy wheel. It can also have a wheel bypass that acts as an economizer to allow free cooling. In
Appendix A there are ERV points for display under Outside Air
Unit (OAU) menus. These points and ERV specifics are explained in the EnergyX Supplemental Installation Instructions contained in the unit’s information packet.
TCU
LEGEND
CCN -- Carrier Comfort Network ®
CL -- ComfortLink Controls
DAV -- Digital Air Volume
HVAC -- Heating, Ventilation, and
Air Conditoning
TCU -- Terminal Control Unit
TO
ADDITIONAL
TERMINALS
DAV FAN
POWERED
MIXING
BOX
C07030
55
Protective Devices
Compressor Protection
Overcurrent
Each compressor has internal line break motor protection.
Overtemperature
Each compressor has an internal protector to protect it against excessively high discharge gas temperatures.
High--Pressure Switch
If the high-pressure switch trips, the compressor will shut down and the compressor safety alarm should trip. Refer to the Alarm section for compressor safety alarms.
Evaporator Fan Motor Protection
Indoor-fan motors less than 5 hp are equipped with internal overcurrent and overtemperature protection. Protection devices reset automatically. Disconnect and lock out power when servicing motor. Indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger are equipped with a manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker and overcurrent protection. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the breaker.
Condenser--Fan Motor Protection
Each condenser-fan motor is internally protected against overtemperature.
Fuses are located in the control box and feed power to the condenser fan motors. Always replace blown fuses with the correct size fuse as indicated on the unit fuse label.
Saturated Suction Pressure (SSP)
If the SSP for a particular circuit is reading below the alarm set point for an extended period of time, that circuit will be shut down. After 15 minutes, the alarm will automatically reset. If this alarm occurs 3 times consecutively, the circuit will remain locked out until an alarm reset is initiated via CCN or manually via the Scrolling Marquee display (see
Alarms and Alerts section for more details).
Condensate Overflow Switch (COFS)
A separate factory installed device can detect a full drain pan. This device consists of a pan sensor to detect the water level and a relay control switch to read the sensor. The control switch is located in the unit control box and will trip out the compressors on overflow detection. Since this device is in series with the compressor contactor and high pressure switch on any given circuit,
ComfortLINK does not directly read this. The relay switch is a normally open device that closes when power is applied; this allows the compressor to be energized without problem. If the sensor detects high water levels for 10 seconds straight, it will open the contact breaking the compressor call. The switch will also turn its red LED on. If the water level is low enough for 5 minutes the relay will close again allowing the compressor call. A blinking red
LED on the switch indicates that the sensor has been disconnected.
Field-Installed Accessories
Space Temperature Sensor (T--55)
The T-55 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed accessory. The sensor is installed on a building interior wall to measure room air temperature. The T-55 sensor also includes an override button on the front cover to permit occupants to override the Unoccupied Schedule (if programmed). The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between R and W1 when using a T-55 device.
TB A--SPT+ . . . . . .
Sensor Input
TB A--SPT– . . . . . .
Sensor Common
Space Temperature Sensor (T--56)
The T-56 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT56SPT) is a field-installed accessory. This sensor includes a sliding scale on the front cover that permits an occupant to adjust the space temperature set point remotely. The T-56 sensor also includes an override button on the front cover to allow occupants to override the unoccupied schedule (if programmed). The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between R and W1 when using a T-56 device.
TB A--SPT+
TB A--SPT–
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
Sensor Input
Sensor Common
TB A--SPTO . . . . . .
Setpoint Offset Input
Space Temperature Sensor (T--58)
The T-58 space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT58SPT) is a field-installed accessory. The T-58 sensor communicates with the
ComfortLink controller, providing space temperature, heating and cooling set points, and mode operation information. The jumper wire in the installer’s packet must be connected between R and W1 when using a T-58 device.
Refer to the T-58 installation instructions for information on installing and configuring the T-58 sensor.
Each T-58 sensor must have a unique address on the CCN. Each
T-58 sensor must also be configured with the address of the unit control it is communicating to.
Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
See Fig. 24 for space temperature averaging with T-55 sensors only. If the use of one T-56 sensor is required, refer to Fig. 25.
56
TB1-T55
1
2
TO MAIN
BASE BOARD
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
SENSOR 1 SENSOR 2 SENSOR 3
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING --4 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION
TB1-T55
1
2
TO MAIN
BASE BOARD
RED
BLK
LEGEND
TB -- Terminal Block
______ -- Factory Wiring
_ _ _ _ -- Field Wiring
TB1-T55
1
2
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
RED
BLK
SENSOR 1
RED
BLK
SENSOR 2
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
SENSOR 4 SENSOR 5
RED
BLK
SENSOR 7 SENSOR 8
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING --9 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION
Fig. 24 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
RED
BLK
T-55 SENSOR 1 T-55 SENSOR 2
SENSOR 4
SENSOR 3
SENSOR 6
T-55 SENSOR 3
WHT
T-56 SENSOR 4
TB1-T55
3
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
SENSOR 9
C07032
C07033
Fig. 25 -- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging with 3 T--55 Sensors and One T--56 Sensor
57
Carrier Accessory Kits
There are specific accessory kits sold for various field installed accessories.
These kits vary based on model, size, voltage, manufacture date, and duct orientation. Some of these kits include
Economizer, Power Exhaust, and Electric Heat. Refer to the
Controls Quick Set--Up section for configuration and more information on these accessories.
Two--Position Damper
The two-position outdoor air damper accessory usage depends on model size and return duct orientation. This accessory wires directly into the low voltage circuit for the indoor fan control. No other control configuration is needed.
Indoor Air Quality
The indoor air quality (IAQ) sensor (part no. 33ZCSENCO2) is a field-installed accessory which measures CO
2 levels in the air.
When installing this sensor, an ECB board must be installed and the unit must be configured for IAQ use by setting
Configuration→AIR.Q→IA.CF to a value of 1, 2, or 3. See the
Indoor Air Quality section for more information.
TB B--IAQ
TB B--COM
. . . . .
. . . .
TB B--R--2 . . . . .
4--20mA Input
Sensor Common
24vac Output
TB B--C--2 . . . . .
Common (GND)
Outdoor Air Quality
The outdoor air quality (OAQ) sensor is a field-installed accessory that measures CO
2 levels in the air. When installing this sensor, an
ECB board must be installed and the unit must be configured for
OAQ use by setting Configuration→AIR.Q→OA.CF to a value of 1 or 2. See the Indoor Air Quality section for more information.
TB B--SARH
TB B--COM
. . .
. . . .
TB B--R--2 . . . . .
4--20mA Input
Sensor Common
24vac Output
TB B--C--2 . . . . .
Smoke Detectors
Common (GND)
The smoke detectors are field-installed accessories. These detectors can detect smoke in either the return air or supply and return air.
When installing either detector, the unit must be configured for fire shutdown by setting Configuration→UNIT→FS.SW to normally open (1) or normally closed (2).
TB A--FDWM
Filter Status
. .
Discrete Input to Board
The filter status accessory is a field-installed accessory. This accessory detects plugged filters. When installing this accessory, the unit must be configured for filter status by setting
Configuration→UNIT→FL.SW to normally open (1) or normally closed (2). Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
Filter status wires are pre--run in the unit harness and located near the switch installation location. Refer to the Filter Accessory installation instructions for more information.
Fan Status
The fan status accessory is a field-installed accessory. This accessory detects when the indoor fan is blowing air. When installing this accessory, the unit must be configured for fan status by setting Configuration→UNIT→FN.SW to normally open (1) or normally closed (2). Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
Fan status wires are pre--run in the unit harness and located near the switch installation location. Refer to the Fan Accessory installation instructions for more information.
Enthalpy Sensors
The enthalpy accessories (part no. CRENTSNG002A00 and
CRENTDIF002A00) are field-installed accessories. The first accessory (outdoor air only) determines when the enthalpy is low relative to a fixed reference. Adding the second accessory (return air) compares the enthalpy between the outdoor and return airstreams. In each case, the enthalpy 4 to 20 mA signals are converted to a switch output which is read by the ECB. When installing this accessory, the unit must be configured for enthalpy-based control by setting Configuration→ECON→EN.SW to normally open (1). See Fig. 12 and Fig. 13 for wiring details.
Normal status is an active switch which tells the control that enthalpy is LOW. The actual switch terminal LOW is normally closed. Refer to the Enthalpy Kit installation instructions for more information on the installation.
Return/Supply Air Temperature Sensor
The temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCSENSAT) is a field-installed accessory which may be installed on the common return air duct and/or the common supply air duct near the unit. The duct return air temperature (RAT) may be selected for display. When installing the sensor, the unit must be configured by setting
Configuration→UNIT→RAT.S to YES. Using a RAT will allow differential dry bulb control of the economizer. The duct supply air temperature (SAT) may be used to replace the SAT sensor that is internal to the unit. A supply duct SAT measurement is valid for heating mode display while the factory-standard internal SAT is not valid for heating due to its location upstream of the heating section. When installing the supply duct SAT, the unit must be configured by setting Configuration→UNIT→SAT.H to ENBL.
A SAT sensor in the supply duct is the preferred configuration for systems with Carrier variable volume and temperature (VVT®) accessory controls.
The field connection terminal board (TB B) has SAT and RAT terminals. When installing field sensors, use these terminals accordingly to connect into the MBB.
IMPORTANT: When wiring a field SAT sensor, the factory installed on must be disconnected from the back of the terminal board.
Space Humidistat
The Space Humidistat (part no. ----HL----38MG--029) is a wall mounted device with an adjustable setpoint to control humidity levels. The humidistat input is provided on the field connection terminal board. The Space Humidity Switch configuration,
Configuration→UNIT→RH.SW, identifies the normally open or normally closed status of this input at LOW humidity.
TB B--HUM
TB B--R--2
. . . .
. . . . .
Discrete Input to Board
24 VAC Dry Contact Source
NOTE: The humidistat terminals are only in use when the unit is equipped with the Humidi--MiZer factory option.
Space Humidity Sensor
The space relative humidity sensor (part no. 33ZCSENDRH--01 duct mount or 33ZCSENSRH--01 wall mount) is a field--installed accessory. The space relative humidity (RHS) may be selected for use if the outdoor air quality sensor (OAQ) is not used and an economizer board is installed. When installing the relative humidity sensor, the unit must be configured by setting
Configuration→UNIT→RH.S to YES.
TB B--LPWR . . .
24 VDC Loop Power
TB B--SPRH . . . .
4--20mA Input Signal
58
F. MOD
F.SPD
CRC
CIR.A
CMP.A
TG.A
RH2.A
SST.A
SSP.A
SCT.A
SCP.A
CIR.B
CMP.B
TG.B
RH2.B
SST.B
SSP.B
HV.DN
EFF.C
EFF.H
OCC
T.OVR
LINK
D.LMT
C.LOC
H.LOC
OK.EC
COOL
DMD.C
AVL.C
REQ.C
MAX.C
LMT.C
SCT.B
SCP.B
HEAT
DMD.H
AVL.H
REQ.H
MAX.H
LMT.H
F.SPD
HT.1
TG.H1
HT.2
TG.H2
ITEM
RUN STATUS
VIEW
HVAC
OCC
SAT
ALRM
TIME
VERS
MBB
ECB
MARQ
VFD1
NAVI
MODE
SYS
HVAC
Remote HVAC Mode Disable
Cool Setpoint In Effect
Heat Setpoint In Effect
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
Linkage Active
Demand Limit In Effect
Compressor OAT Lockout
Heat OAT Lockout
OK to Use Economizer?
Cooling Status
Cooling Demand
Available Cooling Stages
Requested Cooling Stages
Max Allowed Cool Stages
Max Cool Stage In Effect
Commanded Fan Speed
Cool --- > Reheat1 Control
Refrigerant Circuit A
Circuit A Compressor
Timeguard A
Reheat2 Valve A
Sat. Suction Temp A
Suction Pressure A
Sat. Condenser Temp A
Condenser Pressure A
Refrigerant Circuit B
Circuit B Compressor
Timeguard B
Reheat2 Valve B,C
Sat. Suction Temp B
Suction Pressure B
Sat. Condenser Temp B
Condenser Pressure B
Heating Status
Heating Demand
Available Heating Stages
Requested Heating Stages
Max Allowed Heat Stages
Max Heat Stage In Effect
Commanded Fan Speed
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 1 Timeguard
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS
EXPANSION
Auto View of Run Status
RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
(VIEW = Display only)
CCN POINT
HVAC Mode Status
Currently Occupied
Suppy Air Temperature
Current Alarms & Alerts
Time of Day
Software Version Numbers
CESR131504--- xx--- xx
CESR131249--- xx--- xx
CESR131171--- xx--- xx
FW Version --- xxxx
CESR131227--- xx--- xx
Control Modes
1=Disabled
2=Ventilation
3=Cool
4=Heat
No/Yes xxx..x
xx xx.xx
(xx--- xx in table)
_ F hh.mm
VERSIONS
MODEDISP
HVACMODE
OCCUPIED
SAT_DISP
ALRMALRT
TIMECOPY
MODEL_NUMBER_01
MODEL_NUMBER_02
MODEL_NUMBER_03
MODEL_NUMBER_04
Current System Mode
Current HVAC Mode
Indoor Fan Mode
1=Disabled
2=Run Enabled
3: Service Test
1=Disabled
2=Ventilation
3=Cool
4=Heat
0=Off
1=High
2=Low Cool
3=Vent
4=IAQ Override
5=Low Heat
6=Dehum
7=Low Free Cool
No/Yes xx.x
xx.x
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
_
F
_ F
COOLDISP
SYS_MODE
HVACMODE
IDF_MODE
HVACDOWN
CSP_EFF
HSP_EFF
OCCUPIED
MODETOVR
MODELINK
MODEDMDL
COMPLOCK
HEATLOCK
ECONCOOL xxx.x
x x x x xxx
Off/On
Off/On xxx
Off/On xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
Off/On xxx
Off/On xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
x x x x xxx
Off/On xxx
Off/On xxx
^F
% sec
_ F psig
_ F psig sec
_
F psig
_ F psig
^F
% sec sec
HEATDISP
COOL_DMD
AVLCSTGS
REQCSTGS
MAXCSTGS
CSTGLIMT
FANSPEED
CRC
COMP_A
TIMGD_A
RH2_A
SST_A
SSP_A
SCT_A
SCP_A
COMP_B
TIMGD_B
RH2_B
SST_B
SSP_B
SCT_B
SCP_B
HEAT_DMD
AVLHSTGS
REQHSTGS
MAXHSTGS
HSTGLIMT
FANSPEED
HEAT_1
TIMGD_H1
HEAT_2
TIMGD_H2
CCN WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible
59
OAU
OA.RN
OA.OP
BP
TM.LO
TM.SP
OA.HT
HRS
A1
B1
IDF1
IDF2
IDF3
HT.1
HT.2
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
OA.FS
A.OA
C.OA
PE.OF
EX.FS
A.EX
C.EX
BP.SP
UPC
OAU
2P.DM
WHL
LAT
EXAT
OA.MN
DCV.M
ECON
EC.CP
EC.AP
EC.MP
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAT
RAT
ENTH
OAQ
PE.1
PE.2
S.VFD
ITEM
SPD
RPM
FREQ
AMPS
TORQ
PWR
VDC
V.OUT
TEMP
RUN.T
KWH
LFC
(CCN Points Only)
UPC Software Version
OA Unit Software Version
OAU 2--- position Damper
OAU Wheel Speed
OAU Leaving Air Temp
OAU Exhaust Air Temp
Minimum Outside Air CFM
Min DCV Outside Air CFM
OAU OA Fan Speed
Actual Outside Air CFM
Command Outside Air CFM
Power Exhaust CFM Offset
OAU Exhaust Fan Speed
Actual Exhaust Air CFM
Command Exhaust Air CFM
Building Pressure Setpnt
Building Pressure
OA Tempring Lockout Temp
OA Tempring SAT Setpoint
OAU Tempering Heater
Component Run Hours
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Indoor Fan 1 Run Hours
Indoor Fan 2 Run Hours
Indoor Fan 3 Run Hours
Heat Stage 1 Run Hours
Heat Stage 2 Run Hours
Power Exhaust1 Run Hours
Power Exhaust2 Run Hours
Alarm Relay Run Hours
Reheat1 Valve Run Hours
Reheat2 Valve A Run Hrs
Reheat2 Valve BC Run Hrs
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS (cont)
EXPANSION
Economizer Status
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Min Position in Effect
IAQ Level (switch)
IAQ Level (sensor)
Outdoor Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Outdoor Enthalpy Switch
OAQ Level (sensor)
Power Exhaust 1 Relay
Power Exhaust 2 Relay
SUPPLY FAN VFD
VFD1 Status Word 1
VFD1 Actual Speed %
VFD1 Actual Motor RPM
VFD1 Actual Motor Freq
VFD1 Actual Motor Amps
VFD1 Actual Motor Torque
VFD1 Actual Motor Power
VFD1 DC Bus Voltage
VFD1 Output Voltage
VFD1 Transistor Temp (C)
VFD1 Cumulative Run Time
VFD1 Cumulative kWh
VFD1 Last Fault Code
VFD1 DI1 State
VFD1 DI2 State
VFD1 DI3 State
VFD1 DI4 State
VFD1 DI5 State
VFD1 DI6 State
VFD1 AI1 (% of range)
VFD1 AI2 (% of range)
Outside Air Unit Status
RANGE xxx xxx xxx
Low/High xxxx xxx.x
xxx.x
Low/High xxxx
Off/On
Off/On
NNNNN
NNN.n
NNNNN
NNN.n
NNN.n
NNNN.n
NNNN.nn
NNNN
NNNN
NNN
NNNNN
NNNNN
NNNNN
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
NNN.n
NNN.n
%
%
%
_ F
_
F
% amps
% volts volts hours
%
%
UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
ECONDISP
VFD_DATA
OAUDISP
CCN POINT
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
MIN_POS
IAQIN
IAQ
OA_TEMP
RETURN_T
ENTHALPY
OAQ
PE_1
PE_2
OAU System Run State
OAU Operating Mode xxx.x
xxx.x
xxxxx xxxxx xxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxx xxxxx
1=AUTO
2=OFF
3=TEST
0=Off
1=ERV (DCV)
2=Free Cooling
3=OA Tempering
4=Defrost
5=Test
6=Ext. Mode 1
7=Ext. Mode 2
8=Ext. Mode 3 xxxx xxxx
Close/Open xxx xxxxx x.xx
x.xx
xx xx xxx
%
_ F
_
F
CFM
CFM
%
CFM
CFM
CFM
%
CFM
CFM in H2O in H2O
_
F
_
F
%
STRTHOUR
UPC_VER
OAU_VER
OAUDMPR
OAUWHEEL
OAU_LAT
OAU_EXAT
MINOACFM
MINDCVSP
OAFANSPD
ACTOACFM
CMDOACFM
EXOFFSET
OAUPESPD
ACTEXCFM
CMDEXCFM
OAU_BPSP
OAU_BP
OATMPLOC
OATMPSPT
OAHEATER
VFD1STAT
VFD1_SPD
VFD1RPM
VFD1FREQ
VFD1AMPS
VFD1TORQ
VFD1PWR
VFD1VDC
VFD1VOUT
VFD1TEMP
VFD1RUNT
VFD1KWH
VFD1LFC
VFD1_DI1
VFD1_DI2
VFD1_DI3
VFD1_DI4
VFD1_DI5
VFD1_DI6
VFD1_AI1
VFD1_AI2
OAU_RUN
OAU_MODE xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours hours
HR_A1
HR_B1
HR_IDF1
HR_IDF2
HR_IDF3
HR_HTR_1
HR_HTR_2
HR_PE_1
HR_PE_2
HR_ALM
HR_CRC
HR_RH2_A
HR_RH2_B
60
CCN WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible
ITEM
STRT
A1
B1
IDF1
IDF2
IDF3
HT.1
HT.2
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
(ALRMDISP) = CCN only)
(GENERIC = CCN only)
(LON_DATA = CCN only) nviSpaceTemp nviSetPoint nvoSpaceTemp nvoUnitStatus.mode
nvoUnitStatus.heat_out_p
nvoUnitStatus.heat_out_s
nvoUnitStatus.cool_out
nvoUnitStatus.econ_out
nvoUnitStatus.fan_out
nvoUnitStatus.in_alarm
nviSetPtOffset nviOutsideTemp nviOutsideRH nvoEffectSetPt nvoOutsideTemp nvoOutsideRH nviSpaceRH nviCO2 nvoCO2 nvoTEMP1 nvoTEMP2 nviPCT1 nvoPCT1 nviDISCRETE1 nviDISCRETE2 nviDISCRETE3 nvoDISCRETE1 nvoDISCRETE2 nvoDISCRETE3 nciCO2Limit nciSetPnts.occupied_cool
nciSetPnts.standby_cool
nciSetPnts.unoccupd_cool
nciSetPnts.occupied_heat
nciSetPnts.standby_heat
nciSetPnts.unoccupd_heat
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS (cont)
RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
EXPANSION
Component Starts
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Indoor Fan 1 Starts
Indoor Fan 2 Starts
Indoor Fan 3 Starts
Heat Stage 1 Starts
Heat Stage 2 Starts
Power Exhaust 1 Starts
Power Exhaust 2 Starts
Alarm Relay Starts
Reheat1 Valve Starts
Reheat2 Valve A Starts
Reheat2 Valve BC Starts xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx
CCN POINT
ST_A1
ST_B1
ST_IDF1
ST_IDF2
ST_IDF3
ST_HTR_1
ST_HTR_2
ST_PE_1
ST_PE_2
ST_ALM
ST_CRC
ST_RH2_A
ST_RH2_B
ALRMDISP
Active Alarm 1 Code
Active Alarm 2 Code
Active Alarm 3 Code
Active Alarm 4 Code
Active Alarm 5 Code
Reset All Current Alarms
Reset Alarm History xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx
No/Yes
No/Yes
ALMCODE1
ALMCODE2
ALMCODE3
ALMCODE4
ALMCODE5
ALRESET
ALHISCLR
GENERIC up to 20 points
LON_DATA xxxxx xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
Off/On
No/Yes
Off/On
Off/On
No/Yes
Off/On xxx xxx.x
xxx.x
xxxx.x
xxx.x
xxxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxxxx xxxxx xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxxx xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx
_
F
_ F
_
F
_
F
_ F
_
F
_ F
_
F
%
%
_ F
%
%
^F
_ F
%
_
F
%
%
%
%
%
_
F
_ F
_
F
NVO_SAT
NVO_RAT
NVI_RHSP
NVO_SPRH
NVI_FSD
NVI_OCC
NVI_IAQD
NVO_FSD
NVO_OCC
NVO_IAQD
NCI_CO2
NCI_OCSP
NCI_SCSP
NCI_UCSP
NCI_OHSP
NCI_SHSP
NCI_UHSP
NVI_SPT
NVI_SP
NVO_SPT
NVO_MODE
NVO_HPRI
NVO_HSEC
NVO_COOL
NVO_ECON
NVO_FAN
NVO_ALRM
NVI_SPTO
NVI_OAT
NVI_OARH
NVO_EFSP
NVO_OAT
NVO_OARH
NVI_SPRH
NVI_CO2
NVO_CO2
CCN WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible
61
ITEM
SERVICE TEST
TEST
IDF3
COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
F.SPD
HMZR
RH1.A
RH1.B
RH2.A
RH2.B
F.SPD
CRC
RHV.A
RHV.B
HEAT
HT.1
HT.2
F.SPD
INDP
ECON
E.CAL
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
OA.DM
WHL
OA.OF
OA.XF
OA.HT
FANS
F.SPD
F.MOD
IDF1
IDF2
ITEM
TEMPERATURES
AIR.T
SAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
RAT
REF.T
SST.A
SCT.A
SST.B
SCT.B
ITEM
PRESSURES
SSP.A
SCP.A
SSP.B
SCP.B
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — SERVICE TEST
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS CCN TABLE/Sub---TABLE
Field Service Test Mode
Test Independent Outputs
Economizer Position Test
Calibrate Economizer
Power Exhaust 1 Test
Power Exhaust 2 Test
Alarm Relay Test
OAU 2--- position Damper
OAU Wheel Test
OAU OA Fan Speed Test
OAU PE Fan Speed Test
OAU Tempring Heater Test
Test Fans
Indoor Fan Speed Test
IDF Fan Mode
Indoor Fan Test 1
Indoor Fan Test 2
Indoor Fan Test 3
Test Cooling
Cool A Test
Cool B Test
Reduced Cool Fan Speed
Test Humidimizer
Reheat1 A Test
Reheat1 B Test
Reheat2 A Test
Reheat2 B Test
Reheat2 Fan Speed
Cool--- >Reheat1 Valve Test
Reheat2 Valve A Test
Reheat2 Valve B Test
Test Heating
Heat Stage 1 Test
Heat Stage 2 Test
Reduced Heat Fan Speed
Off/On
0 to 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Close/Open
0 to 100
0 to100
0 to100
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 7
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
0 to 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
0 to 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
0 to 100
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(TEST = display only)
TESTINDP
TESTFANS
TESTCOOL
TESTHMZR
TESTHEAT
CCN POINT
S_ECONO
S_ECOCAL
S_PE_1
S_PE_2
S_ALMOUT
S_OADMPR
S_WHEEL
S_OAFAN
S_EXFAN
S_OAHEAT
S_FANSPD
S_IDFMOD
S_IDF_1
S_IDF_2
S_IDF_3
S_COMP_A
S_COMP_B
S_FSPDCL
S_RH1_A
S_RH1_B
S2_RH2_A
S2_RH2_B
S_FSPDRH
S_CRC
S_RH2_A
S_RH2_B
S_HEAT_1
S_HEAT_2
S_FSPDHT
EXPANSION
Air Temperatures
Supply Air Temperature
Outdoor Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Return Air Temperature
Refrigerant Temperatures
Sat. Suction Temp A
Sat. Condenser Temp A
Sat. Suction Temp B
Sat. Condenser Temp B xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
MODE — TEMPERATURES
RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UINPUT
° F
° F
° F
° F
° F
° F
° F
^F
° F
° F
CCN POINT
SAT_DISP
OA_TEMP
SPACE_T
SPTO
RETURN_T
SST_A
SCT_A
SST_B
SCT_B
CCN WRITE
STATUS
DISPLAY WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible
EXPANSION
Suction Pressure A
Condenser Pressure A
Suction Pressure B
Condenser Pressure B xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
MODE — PRESSURES
RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UINPUT psig psig psig psig
CCN POINT
CCN WRITE
STATUS
SSP_A
SCP_A
SSP_B
SCP_B
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS
62
ITEM
OUTPUTS
FANS
F.SPD
IDF.1
IDF.2
IDF.3
COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
HEAT
HT.1
HT.2
ECON
EC.CP
EC.AP
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
ITEM
INPUTS
STAT
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
GEN.I
FIL.S
FAN.S
FDWN
ENTH
RM.OC
HUM
IGC.F
AIR.Q
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAQ
SP.RH
ITEM
SETPOINTS
OCSP
UCSP
OHSP
UHSP
GAP
STO.R
RH.SP
RH.UN
RH.DB
RH.HB
LCSP
HCSP
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — INPUTS
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UINPUT
CCN POINT
Thermostat Inputs
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat G Input
General Inputs
Filter Status Switch
Fan Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
Outdoor Enthalpy Switch
Remote Occupancy Switch
Space Humidity Switch
IGC Fan Request
Air Quality Inputs
IAQ Level (switch)
IAQ Level (sensor)
OAQ Level (sensor)
Space Humidity Sensor
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Clean/Dirty
Off/On
Off/On
Low/High
Off/On
Low/High
Off/On
Low/High xxxx xxxx xxx.x
%
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
FILTSTAT
FAN_STAT
FIREDOWN
ENTHALPY
REM_OCC
HUM_STAT
IDF_FDBK
IAQIN
IAQ
OAQ
SPRH
CCN WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible
EXPANSION
Fan Outputs
Commanded Fan Speed xxx
Indoor Fan Speed Relay 1 Off/On
Indoor Fan Speed Relay 2 Off/On
Indoor Fan Speed Relay 3 Off/On
Cool Outputs
Circuit A Compressor
Circuit B Compressor
Cool--- >Reheat1 Control
Reheat2 Valve A
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On Reheat2 Valve B
Heat Outputs
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Economizer Outputs
Off/On
Off/On
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Power Exhaust 1 Relay
Power Exhaust 2 Relay
Alarm Relay
0 to 100
0 to 100
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
RANGE
MODE — OUTPUTS
UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
STATUS DISPLAY
UOUTPUT
%
%
%
CCN POINT
FANSPEED
IDF_1
IDF_2
IDF_3
COMP_A
COMP_B
CRC
RH2_A
RH2_B
HEAT_1
HEAT_2
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
PE_1
PE_2
ALMOUT
CCN WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible
DISPLAY WRITE
STATUS forcible
EXPANSION
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Heat--- Cool Setpoint Gap
SPT Offset Range (+/--- )
Space RH Occupied SP
Space RH Unoccupied SP
Space RH Deadband
Reheat Heat SP Deadband
Low Cool SAT Setpoint
High Cool SAT Setpoint
MODE — SET POINTS
RANGE UNITS
55 to 80
65 to 95
55 to 80
40 to 80
2 to 10
0 to 5
30 to 100
30 to 100
2 to 20
--- 5 to 5
55 to 75
50 to 70
^F
^F
%
%
%
_
F
_ F
_
F
_
F
^F
_
F
_
F
DEFAULT
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
SETPOINT CONFIGURATION
SET_PNT
5
5
50
80
8
78
85
68
60
2
55 (03--- 07)
65 (08--- 28)
55
CCN POINT
OCSP
UCSP
OHSP
UHSP
HCSP_GAP
SPTO_RNG
SPRH_SP
SPRH_USP
SPRH_DB
RH_HSPDB
LCSASP
HCSASP
63
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
DISP
METR
LANG
PROT
PSWD
TEST
UNIT
S.DLY
U.CTL
T.CTL
FN.SW
FL.SW
FS.SW
RM.SW
SAT.T
RAT.S
RH.S
RH.SW
TCS.C
TCS.H
I.FAN
FTYP
NSPD
OC.FN
IDF.F
FS.MX
FS.VN
FS.AQ
FS.E1
FS.CL
FS.RH
S.VFD
N.VLT
N.AMP
N.FRQ
N.RPM
N.PWR
M.DIR
ACCL
DECL
SW.FQ
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — CONFIGURATION
EXPANSION
Display Configuration
Metric Display
Language Selection
RANGE UNITS
Off
0
DEFAULT
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
SERVICE
CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY
Password Enable
Service Password
Test Display LEDs
Off/On
0=English
1=Spanish
2=French
3=Portuguese
Disable/Enable
0000 to 9999
Off/On
Enable
1111
Off (display only, not in table)
Unit Configuration
Startup Delay
Unit Control Type
10 to 600
2=Thermostat
3=Space Sensor
Thermostat Control Type
Fan Status Switch
Filter Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
0=Adaptive
1=1 Stage Y1
2=2 Stage Y1
3=Digital
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
Remote Occupancy Switch 0=No Switch
SAT Settling Time
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
10 to 900
RAT Sensor Installed
RH Sensor on OAQ Input
Space Humidity Switch
No/Yes
No/Yes
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0 to 60
0 to 60
Temp Cmp Strt Cool Factr
Temp Cmp Strt Heat Factr
INDOOR FAN CONFIG
Indoor Fan Type
Number of Speeds
0=1--- SPEED
1=LEN VFD
2=ECM
3=DI VFD
4=AI VFD
2=TWO
3=THREE
7=SEVEN
No/Yes
No/Yes
Fan On When Occupied
Shut Down on IDF Failure
Supply Fan Maximum
Speed
Fan Speed --- Ventilation
80 to 100
0 to 100
Fan Speed --- IAQ Override 0 to 100
Fan Speed --- Free Cool Lo 0 to 100
Fan Speed --- Mech Cooling 60 to 100
Fan Speed --- Reheat2 65 to 100
SUPPLY FAN VFD CONFIG
VFD1 Nominal Motor Volts 0 to 999 sec sec mins mins
%
%
%
%
% volts
0
0
30
2
0
0
0
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP
0
67
100
67
67
100
240
No
No
0: no Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
1: Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
0
1: SAV option
2
Yes
Yes
100
UNIT
FAN_CFG
VFD1 Nominal Motor Amps 0 to 999
VFD1 Nominal Motor Freq 10 to 500
VFD1 Nominal Motor RPM 50 to 30000
VFD1 Nominal Motor HPwr 0 to 500
VFD1 Motor Direction 0=FORWARD
1=REVERSE
VFD1 Acceleration Time 0 to 1800
VFD1 Deceleration Time 0 to 1800
VFD1 Switching Frequency 0 to 3 amps secs secs
30
30
2
208: 208/230v 1ph or 3ph
460: 460v
575: 575v
Motor Dependent
60
Motor Dependent
Motor Dependent
0
CCN POINT
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
DISPTEST
STARTDLY
CTL_TYPE
STATTYPE
FANSTCFG
FILSTCFG
SHTDNCFG
REMOCCFG
SAT_SET
RAT_SENS
RH_OAQ
HUMSTCFG
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
FAN_TYPE
NUM_SPDS
OCC_FAN
FATALFAN
SPEEDMAX
FSPDVENT
FSPDAQOR
FSPDECO1
FSPDCOOL
FSPDREHT
VFD1NVLT
VFD1NAMP
VFD1NFRQ
VFD1NRPM
VFD1NPWR
VFD1MDIR
VFD1ACCL
VFD1DECL
VFD1SWFQ
PAGE
NO.
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
16
15
19
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
15
15
11
64
SAT.L
SPT
CL.PD
CL.ND
C.LAG
SST
SST.O
SST.1
SST.2
SST.3
CK.DL
HMZR
REHT
R.DEC
R.INC
RA.LO
RA.LP
RA.HP
RB.LO
RB.LP
RB.HP
HEAT
HT.TY
ITEM
COOL
N.CIR
MRT.C
MOT.C
RST.C
C.DEC
C.INC
FOD.C
ALM.N
CA.LO
CB.LO
D.CMP
MX.SA
MX.SB
SAT
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT.U
N.HTR
MRT.H
MOT.H
H.DEC
H.INC
FOD.E
FOD.G
HT.LO
SAT
SAT.H
SAM.L
SAM.U
SPT
HT.PD
HT.ND
H.LAG
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
EXPANSION
Cooling Configuration
Number of Circuits 0 to 3
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
COOL_CFG
Compressor Min On Time
Compressor Min Off Time
Runtime to Reset Strikes
Cool Stage Decrease Time
Cool Stage Increase Time
Fan---off Delay, Mech Cool
Alert Each Strike
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp
120 to 999
300 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
0 to 600
No/Yes
0 to 100F
0 to 100F
Diagnose Comp Safety
Max Suction Change CirA
No/Yes
0 to 100
Max Suction Change CirB
Supply Air Temperature
0 to 100
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level 0.5 to 10
SAT Cool Demand (---) Level --- 10 to --- 0.5
Minimum SAT Upper Level 35.0 to 65.0
Minimum SAT Lower Level 35.0 to 65.0
sec sec sec sec sec sec
_
F
_
F
PSIG
PSIG
^F
^F
_ F
_
F
1 (03--- 07)
2 (08--- 28)
180
300
300
300
450
60
Yes
40: no FIOP Low ambient
0: FIOP
40: no FIOP Low ambient
0: FIOP
No
15
15
1
--- 1
60 (03--- 14)
58 (17--- 24)
53 (28)
35 (03--- 07)
45 (08--- 14)
48 (17--- 28)
Space Temperature
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level 0.5 to 5
SPT Cool Demand (---) Level --- 5 to --- 0.5
Cool Thermal Lag Factor 0 to 5
Low Suction Control
Suction OK Temperature
Low Suction --- Level 1
Low Suction --- Level 2
Low Suction --- Level 3
Delay On Low SST Check
Humidimizer Config
Humidimizer Equipped
10 to 50
10 to 50
5 to 50
0 to 50
0 to 300
No/Yes
^F
^F
_
F
_ F
_ F
_
F sec
18
20
15
10
0
1
--- 1
1
HMZR_CFG
Reheat2 Stage Decr. Time
Reheat2 Stage Incr. Time
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit A
Reheat2 OAT Limit B
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit B
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit B
Heating Configuration
Type of Heat Installed
0 to 999
0 to 999
20 to 70
50 to 100
50 to 100
20 to 70
50 to 100
50 to 100 secs secs
_
F psig psig
_
F psig psig
No: no Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
Yes: Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
60
300
40
80
90
50
80
90
HEAT_CFG
Number of Heat Stages
Heat Minimum On Time
Heat Minimum Off Time
Heat Stage Decrease Time
Heat Stage Increase Time
Fan---off Delay, Elect Heat
Fan---off Delay, Gas Heat
Heating Lockout Temp
0=No Heat
1=Gas
2=Electric
1 to 2
60 to 999
60 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
10 to 600
45 to 600
40 to 125 sec sec sec sec sec sec
_
F
0 (50 series with no electric heat)
1 (48 series)
2 (50 series with electric heat)
2
1 (48 series Low Nox, 50 series
<15kW)
120
120
300
450
30
45
75
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Maximum SAT Lower Level
Maximum SAT Upper Level
Space Temperature
Disable/Enable
85 to 200
85 to 200
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level 0.5 to 5
SPT Heat Demand (---) Level --- 5 to --- 0.5
Heat Thermal Lag Factor 0 to 5
_
F
_ F
^F
^F
Disable
140
160
1
--- 1
1
CCN POINT
NUM_CIRC
MIN_ON
MIN_OFF
MIN_ON_S
STAGEDEC
STAGEINC
COOL_FOD
ALM_NOW
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
DIAGCOMP
MAXDSSPA
MAXDSSPB
SAT_POS
SAT_NEG
SATMIN_H
PAGE
NO.
17
16
16
15
17
17
25
25
17
17
25
25
25
16
SATMIN_L 16
NUM_HEAT
HMIN_ON
HMIN_OFF
HSTAGDEC
HSTAGINC
ELEC_FOD
GAS_FOD
OATLHEAT
SAT_HEAT
SATMAX_L
SATMAX_H
HDEM_POS
HDEM_NEG
HEAT_LAG
DEM_POS
DEM_NEG
COOL_LAG
SSTOK
SSTLEV1
SSTLEV2
SSTLEV3
SSTCKDLY
REHEAT
RSTAGDEC
RSTAGINC
OATLRH_A
RHSSPL_A
RHSSPH_A
OATLRH_B
RHSSPL_B
RHSSPH_B
HEATTYPE 17
18
18
15
15
17
18
18
17
17
17
17
26
26
26
26
22
65
II.FN
AQ.MN
OVR.P
OA.CF
OAQ.L
AQD.L
AQD.H
DF.ON
DF.OF
I.4M
I.20M
O.4M
O.20M
H.4M
H.20M
EN.SW
E.TRV
E.MXB
E.MXT
AIR.Q
IA.CF
FC.TM
FC.LO
PE.EN
PE.1
PE.2
PE1.C
PE2.C
IDF.C
ITEM
ECON
EC.EN
E.CTL
MP.25
MP.50
MP.75
MP.MX
EC.MX
M.ANG
EH.LO
EL.LO
DF.DB
UEFC
IA.FN
II.CF
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
EXPANSION
Economizer Configuration
Economizer Installed No/Yes
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
No: no FIOP
Yes: FIOP
1
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
ECON_CFG
Economizer Control Type 1=Dig/Position
2=Dig/Command
3=Analog Ctrl
0 to 100 Econ Min at 25%
Fanspeed
Econ Min at 50%
Fanspeed
0 to 100
Econ Min at 75%
Fanspeed
0 to 100
Econ Min at Max Fanspeed 0 to 100
%
%
%
%
0
0
0
Econo Cool Max Position
Min Actuator Ctrl Angle
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Diff Dry Bulb Control
Unoccupied Free Cooling
Free Cool PreOcc Time
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Power Exhaust Installed
PE Stage1 Econo Position
PE Stage2 Econo Position
Power Exhaust Stage1
CFM
Power Exhaust Stage2
CFM
Indoor Fan Max Speed
CFM
Enthalpy Switch
Economizer Travel Time
Bottom Stage Max Econo
Top Stage Max Econo
0 to 100
75 to 90
40 to 100
--- 30 to 50
Disable/Enable
0=Disabled
1=Unoccpied
2=PreOccupancy
1 to 9999
--- 30 to 70
No/Yes
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 15000
0 to 15000
500 to 15000
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
5 to 300
0 to 100
0 to 100
%
_ F
_
F mins
_
F
%
%
CFM
CFM
CFM secs
%
%
30
0: FIOP EnergyX
100
88
65
0
Disable
2
120
50
No: no FIOP
Yes: FIOP
40
75
800 (04--- 07)
1600 (08--- 14)
3200 (17--- 28)
0
2000 (04--- 07)
4000 (08--- 14)
8000 (17--- 28)
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP
150
50
25 (03--- 14)
0 (17--- 28)
Air Quality Config.
IAQ Analog Input Config 0: no FIOP
1: FIOP
IAQ_CFG
IAQ Analog Fan Config
IAQ Switch Input Config
IAQ Switch Fan Config
Econo Min IAQ Position
0=No IAQ
1=DCV
2=Override IAQ
3=Ctrl Min Pos
0=Never
1=Occupied
2=Always
0=No IAQ
1=DCV N/O
2=DCV N/C
3=Override N/O
4=Override N/C
0=Never
1=Occupied
2=Always
0 to 100 %
0
0
0
%
10
0: FIOP EnergyX
100
0
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Analog Input Config
0 to 100
0=No OAQ
1=DCV
2=Lockout OAQ
0 to 5000 OAQ Lockout Limit
AQ Differential Low
AQ Differential High
Fan On AQ Differential
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
Fan Off AQ Differential
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
OAQ Sensor Value at
20mA
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA 0 to 5000
OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 5000
0 to 5000
RH Sensor Value at 4mA
RH Sensor Value at 20mA
0 to 50
60 to 100
%
%
600
100
700
600
200
0
2000
0
2000
0
100
IAQINFAN
IAQMINP
IAQOVPOS
OAQANCFG
OAQLOCK
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNON
DAQFNOFF
IAQ_4MA
IAQ_20MA
OAQ_4MA
OAQ_20MA
RH_4MA
RH_20MA
22
21
21
22
22
20
21
21
22
23
23
22
21
21
CCN POINT
ECONO
ECON_CTL
PAGE
NO.
19
19
MINP_25
MINP_50
MINP_75
MINP_MAX
ECONOMAX
MINANGLE
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
DIFFBULB
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
OATLUEFC
PE_ENABL
PE1_POS
PE2_POS
PE1_CFM
20
20
20
20
20
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
20
20
20
PE2_CFM
IDF_CFM
ENTHLCFG
ECONOTRV
ECONMAXB
ECONMAXT
21
21
8
IAQANCFG 12
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
21
21
66
PEX.C
A.FAN
A.FIL
A.TST
A.ECO
A.OAU
PID
EC.P
EC.I
EC.D
EC.DT
EC.DB
LK.P
LK.I
LK.D
LK.DT
PE.OF
BP.SP
OA.TM
TM.LO
TM.SP
OAC.K
EXC.K
OAFB
ALM.O
A.SPC
A.SRT
A.OAT
A.CMP
A.CKT
A.SSP
A.SCT
ITEM
OAU
OA.TY
OA.FC
PE.FC
U.RUN
OAU.F
M.WHL
OA.MN
DCV.M
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
EXPANSION
Outside Air Unit Config
Outdoor Air Unit Type
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP EnergyX
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
OAU_CFG
Outside Air Fan Curve
0=No OAU
1=ERV Module
2=Economizer
3=Pwr Exhaust
4=OA Monitor
5=100% OA Unit
6=EXv1 ERV
0 to 999
Exhaust Air Fan Curve 0 to 999
No/Yes
1: 04
2: 05--- 06
3: 07
4: 08--- 12
5: 14
6: 17--- 20
7: 24--- 28
1: 04, 1ph, and econ
2: 04, 3ph, and econ
3: 04, 1ph, and no econ
4: 04, 3ph, and no econ
5: 05--- 06 1ph
6: 05--- 06 3ph
7: 07
8: 08--- 12
9: 14
10: 17--- 20 and econ
11: 17--- 20 and no econ
12: 24--- 28
NO OAU Unoccupied
Operation
Shut Down on Fan Failure
Modulating Wheel Install
Minimum Outside Air CFM
No/Yes
No/Yes
0 to 32000 CFM
Min DCV Outside Air CFM 0 to 32000 CFM
Yes
NO
375: 04
800: 05--- 06
1000: 07
2500: 08--- 12
3000: 14
4000: 17--- 20
5000: 24--- 28
100: 04
250: 05--- 06
600: 07
1000: 08--- 12
1500: 14--- 24
2000: 24--- 28
0 Power Exhaust Control
Power Exhaust CFM Offset
Building Pressure Setpnt
Outside Air Tempering
0=Offset CFM
1=BP
--- 17000 to 17000
--- 0.25 to 0.25
Disable/Enable
OA Tempring Lockout Temp 0 to 80
OA Tempring SAT Setpoint
Outside Air CFM k Factor
Exhaust Air CFM k Factor
OAU Fan Boost Enable
Alarm Relay Config.
35 to 80
0.8 to 1.2
0.8 to 1.2
No/Yes
SPT/SPRH Sensor Failure
SAT/RAT Sensor Failure
OAT Thermistor Failure
Compressor Failure
Refrig Circuit Failure
SSP Transducer Failure
SCT Thermistor Failure
Indoor Fan Failure
Dirty Filter
Thermostat Failure
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
Economizer Failure
Outside Air unit Alarms
PID Configurations
Economizer PID --- kP
Economizer PID --- kI
Economizer PID --- kD
Economizer PID --- rate
Economizer PID Deadband
Linkage Staging PID --- kP
Linkage Staging PID --- kI
Linkage Staging PID --- kD
Linkage Staging PID --- rate
0.00 to 99.90
0.00 to 99.90
0.00 to 99.90
10.00 to 180.00
0 to 25
0.00 to 99.90
0.00 to 99.90
0.00 to 99.90
10.00 to 180.00
CFM in H2O 0.05
Disable
_
F
_ F
--- 200
60
55
1
1
No secs
% secs
2.5
0.12
1
15
3
10
5
5
30
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ALM_CFG
PID_CFG
CCN POINT
OAU_TYPE
PAGE
NO.
27
OAFANCRV
PEFANCRV
UNOCCRUN
FATALOAU
MODWHEEL
MINOACFM
MINDCVSP
PEX_CTL
EXOFFSET
OAU_BPSP
OATEMPER
OATMPLOC
OATMPSPT
OACFM_K
EXCFM_K
EFB_ENBL
SPACE_AL
SATRATAL
OAT_AL
COMP_AL
CKT_AL
SSP_AL
SCT_AL
FAN_AL
FILT_AL
TSTAT_AL
ECON_AL
OAU_AL
ECONO_P
ECONO_I
ECONO_D
ECONO_DT
ECONBAND
LINK_P
LINK_I
LINK_D
LINK_DT
67
TRIM
SPT.C
SPT.T
SAT.C
SAT.T
RAT.C
RAT.T
CCN
CCN.A
CCN.B
BAUD
BROD
B.TIM
B.OAT
B.GS
B.ACK
SCH.O
SCH.N
HOL.G
OV.TL
OV.EX
OV.SP
LDSH
S.GRP
R.MXC
S.MXC
R.MXH
S.MXH
ITEM
(GENERIC =
CCN only)
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
GENERICS
POINT 01 Definition
POINT 02 Definition
POINT 03 Definition
POINT 04 Definition
POINT 05 Definition
POINT 06 Definition
POINT 07 Definition
POINT 08 Definition
POINT 09 Definition
POINT 10 Definition
POINT 11 Definition
POINT 12 Definition
POINT 13 Definition
POINT 14 Definition
POINT 15 Definition
POINT 16 Definition
POINT 17 Definition
POINT 18 Definition
POINT 19 Definition
POINT 20 Definition
Sensor Calibration
Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp Calib.
Return Air Temp Trim
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
_
F
^F
_ F
^F
_ F
^F
0
0
0
(CCN TRIM --- see
Maintenance Display)
CCN CONFIGURATION
48_50_HC CCN Configuration
CCN Element Number
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
1 to 239
0 to 239
1=2400
2=4800
3=9600
4=19200
5=38400
1
0
3
CCN Broadcast Config.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack’er
CCN Schedule Overrides
Schedule Number
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No
No
No
No
0
BRODEFS
SCHEDOVR
Accept Global Holidays
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled
CCN LOADSHED CONFIG.
Loadshed Group Number
Redline Max Cool Stages
Loadshed Max Cool
Stages
Redline Max Heat Stages
Loadshed Max Heat
Stages
0 = Always Occupied
1---64 = Local Schedule
65---99 = Global Schedule
No/Yes
0 to 4
0 to 4
No/Yes
0 to 16
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 2
0 to 2 hours hours
0
2
2
2
2
No
4
0
Yes
LOADSHED
CCN POINT
Point_01
Point_02
Point_03
Point_04
Point_05
Point_06
Point_07
Point_08
Point_09
Point_10
Point_11
Point_12
Point_13
Point_14
Point_15
Point_16
Point_17
Point_18
Point_19
Point_20
CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD
CCNBC
OATBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
TIMEOVER
SHED_NUM
MAXCREDL
MAXCSHED
MAXHREDL
MAXHSHED
PAGE
NO.
23
23
23
24
24
38
38
38
38
38
38
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
68
TIME CLOCK
TIME
TIME
DATE
MNTH
ITEM
DOM
YEAR
DAY
DST
STR.M
STR.W
STR.D
M.ADD
STP.M
STP.W
STP.D
M.SUB
SCH.L
PER.x
OCC.x
UNC.x
MON.x
TUE.x
WED.x
THU.x
FRI.x
SAT.x
SUN.x
HOL.x
(repeat up to x=8 Periods)
(OCCFECS = CCN only)
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — TIME CLOCK
EXPANSION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
CONFIGURATION
TIME Time of Day
Hour and Minute
Current Date
Month of Year xx.xx
hh.mm
Day of Month
Year
Day of Week
January, February, ...,
December
1 to 31 xxxx
Monday, Tuesday, ...,
Sunday
Daylight Savings Config.
BRODEFS (continued)
Start Month
Start Week
Start Day
Minutes to Add
Stop Month
Stop Week
Stop Day
Minutes to Subtract
Occupancy Schedule
Occupancy Period x
Occupied From
Occupied To
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Timed Override Hours
Period x DOW
(MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
January, February, ...,
December
1 to 5
1 to 7
0 to 90
January, February, ...,
December
1 to 5
1 to 7
0 to 90
00.00 to 23.59
00.00 to 23.60
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No x xxxxxxxx
00.00 to 24.00
00.00 to 24.00
hh.mm
hh.mm
hours hh.mm
hh.mm
3
2
7
60
11
1
7
60
00.00
00.00
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
00000000
00.00
00.00
(SCH.L = Display only)
OCCDEFCS
CCN POINT
TIME
MOY
DOM
YOCDISP
DOWDISP
STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD
STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB
PERxOCC
PERxUNC
PERxMON
PERxTUE
PERxWED
PERxTHU
PERxFRI
PERxSAT
PERxSUN
PERxHOL
OVR--- EXT
DOWx
OCCTODx
UNOCTODx
(repeat up to x=8 Periods)
HOL.L
HOL.x
MON.x
DAY.x
LEN.x
(repeat up to x=9 Holidays)
Holiday Schedule
Holiday x
Holiday Start Month
Holiday Start Day
Holiday Duration (days)
1 to 12 = January to
December
1 to 31
1 to 99
0
0
0
HOLIDAY
HOLDYxxS
HOLMONxx
HOLDAYxx
HOLLENxx
(repeat up to xx=30 Holidays)
ITEM
(ALARMDEF = CCN only)
(CTLRID = CCN only)
EXPANSION
Alarm Routing Control
Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Re--- Alarm Time
Alarm System Name
Device Name:
Description:
Location:
Software Part Number:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:
CCN ONLY TABLES
RANGE
00000000 to 11111111
0 to 7
1 to 240
1 to 255 up to 8 alphanum
48_50_HC text string text string
CESR131504--- XX--- XX
UNITS min min
DEFAULT
11000000
5
10
180
48_50_HC
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
ALARMDEF
CCN POINT
ALRM_CNT
EQP_TYPE
RETRY_TM
RE--- ALARM
ALRM_NAM
CTLR--- ID
69
HPS.B
SAT
SAT
SA.DM
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT.U
SAT.L
SA.TR
SA.DR
SPT
SPT
DMD.C
TRD.C
CL.PD
CL.ND
C.LAG
HMZR
REHT
HUM
SP.RH
R.LO.A
RA.LO
R.LP.A
R.LO.B
RB.LO
OK.EC
OK.MC
C.LOC
CA.LO
CB.LO
F.MOD
F.SPD
AVL.C
REQ.C
LMT.C
ACT.C
CMP.A
CMP.B
ST.A
ST.B
HPS.A
F.MOD
F.OVR
HV.DN
EFF.C
EFF.H
OCC
T.OVR
LINK
D.LMT
C.LOC
H.LOC
OK.EC
COOL
COOL
OK.CL
MS.TG
HVAC
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — OPERATING MODES
ITEM
OPERATING MODES
MODE
SYS
EXPANSION
Control Modes
Unit operation disabled
Unit operation enabled
Service test enabled
RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
MAINTENANCE
DISPLAY
MODES
CCN POINT
SYS_MODE_TEXT1
SYS_MODE_TEXT2
(table only)
SYS_MODE_TEXT3 table only)
HVACMODE_TEXT_1
HVACMODE_TEXT_2
(table only)
HVACMODE_TEXT_3
(table only) xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xx.x
xx.x
x.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xx.x
xx.x
xx.x
xx.x
xxxx.x
xxx.x
No/Yes
Low/High xxx.x
No/Yes xx
No/Yes
No/Yes xx
No/Yes
No/Yes xxx
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes xxx xxx x
NNN x x x x
Off/On
Off/On x x
No/Yes
No/Yes x
No/Yes
No/Yes xx.x
xx.x
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
HVAC Operation Disabled
Ventilation (fan--- only)
Cooling
Free Cooling
Unoccupied Free Cooling
Reheat1
Reheat2
Reheat1 / Reheat2
Heating
Indoor Fan Mode
Fan Override in Effect
Remote HVAC Mode Disable
Cool Setpoint In Effect
Heat Setpoint In Effect
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
Linkage Active
Demand Limit In Effect
Compressor OAT Lockout
Heat OAT Lockout
OK to Use Economizer?
Cool Mode Diagnostic
In Cooling Mode?
OK to Select Cool Mode?
Mode Select Timeguard
OK to Use Economizer?
OK to Use Compressors?
Compressor OAT Lockout
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp
Indoor Fan Mode
Commanded Fan Speed
Available Cooling Stages
Requested Cooling Stages
Max Cool Stage In Effect
Actual Cooling Stages
Circuit A Compressor(s)
Circuit B Compressor
Circuit A Strikes
Circuit B Strikes
Ckt A Hi Pres Sq Check
Ckt B Hi Pres Sq Check
Supply Air Temperature
Supply Air Temperature
Supply Air Temp Demand
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (--- ) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Supply Air d/dt (F/min)
SAT Delta Reference Temp
Space Temperature
Space Temperature
Cooling Demand
Cool Demand d/dt (F/min)
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level
SPT Cool Demand (--- ) Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor
Humidimizer
Humidimizer Equipped
Space Humidity Switch
Space Humidity Sensor
Reheat2 OAT Lockout A
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Override A
Reheat2 OAT Lockout B
Reheat2 OAT Limit B
_ F
_ F secs
%
_ F
_ F
_
F
%
_ F
_ F
^F
^F
^F
_ F
^F
^F
^F
_ F
_ F
_
F
COOLDIAG
SAT_DISP
SAT_DMD
SAT_POS
SAT_NEG
SATMIN_H
SATMIN_L
SATTREND
SAT_REF
SPACE_T
COOL_DMD
CLDTREND
DEM_POS
DEM_NEG
COOL_LAG
REHEAT
HUM_STAT
SPRH
RHALOCK
OATLRH_A
RHALPOV
RHBLOCK
OATLRH_B
IDF_MODE
FAN_OVR
HVACDOWN
CSP_EFF
HSP_EFF
OCCUPIED
MODETOVR
MODELINK
MODEDMDL
COMPLOCK
HEATLOCK
ECONCOOL
IN_COOL
OKTOCOOL
COOLMSTG
ECONCOOL
MECHCOOL
COMPLOCK
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
IDF_MODE
FANSPEED
AVLCSTGS
REQCSTGS
CSTGLIMT
ACTCSTGS
COMP_A
COMP_B
ASTRIKES
BSTRIKES
INHPSCKA
INHPSCKB
CCN
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible
COOL_LAG forcible forcible
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible
70
ITEM
FC.LO
EN.LO
EC.MX
AQ.DV
AQ.MN
AQ.OV
OVR.P
AQ.LO
OAQ.L
LP.OV
EC.CP
EC.AP
EC.MP
C.ANG
E.CAL
HT.PD
HT.ND
H.LAG
ECON
EC.EN
OK.EC
OCC
F.MOD
F.SPD
COOL
OAT
RAT
E.LOC
D.LOC
EH.LO
EL.LO
F.SPD
AVL.H
REQ.H
LMT.H
ACT.H
HT.1
HT.2
SAT
SAT.H
SAT
SAM.L
SAM.U
SPT
SPT
DMD.H
TRD.H
COOL (cont)
R.LP.B
AVL.R
REQ.R
ACT.R
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B
HEAT
HEAT
OK.HT
MS.TG
H.LOC
HT.LO
IGC.F
F.MOD
No/Yes x x x
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
No/Yes
No/Yes xxx
No/Yes xxx
Off/On x xxx x x x x
Off/On
Off/On
Disable/Enable xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xx.x
xx.x
x.x
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes x xxx
No/Yes xxx.x
xxx.x
No/Yes
No/Yes xxx xxx xxx
No/Yes xxx
No/Yes xxx
No/Yes xxx
No/Yes xxxx
No/Yes xxx xxx xxx xx.x
No/Yes
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — OPERATING MODES (cont)
EXPANSION
Cool Mode Diagnostic
Reheat2 SSP Override B
Available Reheat2 Stages
Requested Reheat2 Stages
Actual Reheat2 Stages
Cool--- >Reheat1 Control
Reheat2 Valve A
Reheat2 Valve B
Heat Mode Diagnostic
In Heating Mode?
OK to Select Heat Mode?
Mode Select Timeguard
Heat OAT Lockout
Heating Lockout Temp
IGC Fan Request
Indoor Fan Mode
Commanded Fan Speed
Available Heating Stages
Requested Heating Stages
Max Heat Stage In Effect
Actual Heating Stages
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Supply Air Temperature
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Supply Air Temperature
Maximum SAT Lower Level
Maximum SAT Upper Level
Space Temperature
Space Temperature
Heating Demand
Heat Demand d/dt (F/min)
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level
SPT Heat Demand (--- ) Level
Heat Thermal Lag Factor
Economizer Diagnostic
Economizer Installed
OK to Use Economizer?
Currently Occupied
Indoor Fan Mode
Commanded Fan Speed
In Cooling Mode?
Outdoor Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Econo Cool OAT Lockout
Econo Diff Dbulb Lockout
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Econo Cool Enth Lockout
Econo Cool Max Position
IAQ DCV Mode
Econo Min IAQ Position
IAQ Override Mode
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Lockout Mode
OAQ Lockout Limit
Lo Refrig Press Override
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Min Position in Effect
Actuator Control Angle
Economizer Calibrating
RANGE
%
%
_ F
_
F
_
F
%
_
F
_ F
_
F
_ F
^F
^F
^F
%
_
F
_
F secs
_
F
%
%
%
%
UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
COOLDIAG
HEATDIAG
ECONDIAG
CCN POINT
RHBLPOV
AVLRSTGS
REQRSTGS
ACTRSTGS
CRC
RH2_A
RH2_B
IN_HEAT
OKTOHEAT
HEATMSTG
HEATLOCK
OATLHEAT
IDF_FDBK
IDF_MODE
FANSPEED
AVLHSTGS
REQHSTGS
HSTGLIMT
ACTHSTGS
HEAT_1
HEAT_2
SAT_HEAT
SAT_DISP
SATMAX_L
SATMAX_H
SPACE_T
HEAT_DMD
HTDTREND
HDEM_POS
HDEM_NEG
HEAT_LAG
ECONO
ECONCOOL
OCCUPIED
IDF_MODE
FANSPEED
IN_COOL
OA_TEMP
RETURN_T
ECONLOCK
DFDBLOCK
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
OATLUEFC
ENTHLOCK
ECONOMAX
IN_IAQDV
IAQMINP
IN_IAQOV
IAQOVPOS
IN_OAQLO
OAQLOCK
IN_LPOV
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
MIN_POS
CTLANGLE
ECOINCAL
CCN
WRITE
STATUS
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible
71
ITEM
OAU
OA.RN
OA.OP
C.OA
PE.OF
EX.FS
A.EX
C.EX
BP.SP
BP
TM.LO
2P.DM
WHL
LAT
EXAT
OA.MN
DCV.M
OA.FS
A.OA
TM.SP
OA.HT
ALM.1
ALM.2
ALM.3
ALM.4
DMD.L
D.LMT
LMT.C
LMT.H
REDL
SHED
MAX.C
MAX.H
(Display TRIM --see Configuration)
Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp Calib.
Return Air Temp Trim
OAU 2--- position Damper
OAU Wheel Speed
OAU Leaving Air Temp
OAU Exhaust Air Temp
Minimum Outside Air CFM
Min DCV Outside Air CFM
OAU OA Fan Speed
Actual Outside Air CFM
Command Outside Air CFM
Power Exhaust CFM Offset
OAU Exhaust Fan Speed
Actual Exhaust Air CFM
Command Exhaust Air CFM
Building Pressure Setpnt
Building Pressure
OA Tempring Lockout Temp
OA Tempring SAT Setpoint
OAU Tempering Heater
OAU Motor Failure Alarm
OAU Dirty Filter Alarm
OA Low CFM Alarm
OAU Alarm
DEMAND LIMITING
Demand Limit In Effect
Max Cool Stage In Effect
Max Heat Stage In Effect
Redline Activated
Loadshed Activated
Max Allowed Cool Stages
Max Allowed Heat Stages
Sensor Calibration
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — OPERATING MODES (cont)
EXPANSION
Outside Air Unit Diagnostic
OAU System Run State
RANGE UNITS
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
OAU_DIAG
CCN POINT
OAU_RUN
OAU Operating Mode xxx xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx xxx xxxxx xxxxx x.xx
x.xx
xx
1=AUTO
2=OFF
3=TEST
0=Off
1=ERV (DCV)
2=Free Cooling
3=OA Tempering
4=Defrost
5=Test
6=Ext. Mode 1
7=Ext. Mode 2
8=Ext. Mode 3
Close/Open xxx xxx.x
xxx.x
xxxxx xxxxx xx xxx
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
No/Yes x x x x
No/Yes
No/Yes
%
_
F
_ F
CFM
CFM
%
CFM
CFM
CFM
%
CFM
CFM in H2O in H2O
_ F
_ F
%
DMDL
OAU_MODE
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
_
F
^F
_
F
^F
_
F
^F
TRIM
OAUDMPR
OAUWHEEL
OAU_LAT
OAU_EXAT
MINOACFM
MINDCVSP
OAFANSPD
ACTOACFM
CMDOACFM
EXOFFSET
OAUPESPD
ACTEXCFM
CMDEXCFM
OAU_BPSP
OAU_BP
OATMPLOC
OATMPSPT
OAHEATER
OAUALRM1
OAUALRM2
OAUALRM3
OAUALRM4
MODEDMDL
CSTGLIMT
HSTGLIMT
MODEREDL
MODESHED
MAXCSTGS
MAXHSTGS
SPT_CAL
SPT_OFF
SAT_CAL
SAT_OFF
RAT_CAL
RAT_OFF
CCN
WRITE
STATUS
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible forcible
72
ITEM
(LINKDATA =
CCN only)
(OCCDEFM =
CCN only)
ITEM
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE — OPERATING MODES (cont)
EXPANSION
CCN --- Linkage
Supervisory Element #
Supervisory Bus
Supervisory Block Number
Average Occup. Heat Stp.
Average Occup. Cool Stp.
Average Unocc. Heat Stp.
Average Unocc. Cool Stp.
Average Zone Temperature
Average Occup. Zone Temp
Linkage System Occupied?
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Last Unoccupied Day
Last Unoccupied Time
Occupancy Supervisory
Current Mode (1=Occup)
Current Occup Period #
Time--- Override in Effect
Time--- Override Duration
Current Occupied Tiime
Current Unoccupied Time
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Previous Unoccupied Day
Previous Unoccupied Time
0,1
0 to 8
No/Yes
0 to 4 xx.xx
xx.xx
xx.xx
xx.xx
xx.xx
RANGE xxx xxx xxx xxxx.x
xxxx.x
xxxx.x
xxxx.x
xxxx.x
xxxx.x
No/Yes
”Mon”, ”Tue”, ... , ”Sun” xx:xx
”Mon”, ”Tue”, ... , ”Sun” xx:xx
”Mon”, ”Tue”, ... , ”Sun” xx:xx
UNITS hours hh:mm hh:mm hh:mm hh:mm hh.mm
_
F
_ F
_
F
_
F
_ F
_
F
3--- char text hh:mm
3--- char text hh:mm
3--- char text hh:mm
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
LINKDATA
OCCDEFM
CCN POINT
SUPE--- ADR
SUPE--- BUS
BLOCKNUM
AOHS
AOCS
AUHS
AUCS
AZT
AOZT
LOCC
LNEXTOCD
LNEXTOCC
LNEXTUOD
LNEXTUNC
LLASTUOD
LLASTUNC
MODE
PER_NO
OVERLAST
OVR_HRS
STRTTIME
ENDTIME
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCTIM
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNTIM
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNTIM
EXPANSION
ALARMS
R.CUR
R.HIS
CURR alarm# repeat up to 25 alarms)
HIST alarm#
(repeat up to 20 Alarms)
Reset All Current Alarms
Reset Alarm History
Currently Active Alarms text string
Alarm History alarm#--- mm/dd/yy--hh.mm--- text string
MODE — ALARMS
RANGE DEFAULT
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
MAINTENANCE
DISPLAY
ALARMS
Yes/No
Yes/No
No
No
ALARM HISTORY
CCN POINT
ALRESET
ALHISCLR
ALARM01C ---
ALARM25C
CCN
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible
CCN
WRITE
STATUS
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible forcible
DISPLAY
WRITE
STATUS forcible forcible
73
APPENDIX B — CONTROL MODES WITH Humidi--MiZer™ SYSTEM AND ECONOMIZER
Circuit Subcooling mode = REHEAT 1
NOTE: Although the ComfortLink software (v1.x) and this document reference the Humidi--MiZert, the factory installed
Humidi--MiZer option is not available for EnergyX equipped
48/50HC 17--28 units as of this time.
Circuit HGRH mode = hot gas reheat = REHEAT 2
Circuit ON mode = normal cooling
Thermostat input shown for cooling demand (versus temperature sensor and set point).
Humidistat input shown for dehumidification demand (versus relative humidity sensor and set point). Economizer cooling availability is dependent on outdoor temperature or enthalpy.
Thermostat Control type configuration = 0 = Adaptive, or Unit
Control Type configuration = 3 = Space Temperature, for
Dual-circuit and Tri-Circuit units results in added staging timers and flex between 1-stage Y1 and 2-stage Y1.
SINGLE-CIRCUIT UNITS
(Thermostat Control Type configuration is ignored)
ECONO AVAILABLE?
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Y1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Y2
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
HUMIDISTAT
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
CIRCUIT A
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
ECONOMIZER
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
(Econo closed if fan off) alarm T411: Y2 without Y1 no alarm alarm T411: Y2 without Y1 no alarm
(Econo closed if fan off) alarm T411: Y2 without Y1 no alarm alarm T411: Y2 without Y1 no alarm
ECONO AVAILABLE?
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Y1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
Y2
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
DUAL CIRCUIT UNITS
1-Stage Y1 (Thermostat Control Type configuration = 1) and 2-Stage Y1 (Thermostat Control Type configuration = 2)
HUMIDISTAT
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
CIRCUIT A
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
CIRCUIT B
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
ECONOMIZER
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
(Econo closed if fan off) alarm T411: Y2 without Y1 alarm T411: Y2 without Y1
(Econo closed if fan off) alarm T411: Y2 without Y1 alarm T411: Y2 without Y1
ECONO AVAILABLE?
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Y1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Y2
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
DUAL-CIRCUIT UNITS
Digital (Thermostat Control Type configuration = 3)
HUMIDISTAT
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
CIRCUIT A
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
CIRCUIT B
OFF
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
ECONOMIZER
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling
74
(Econo closed if fan off)
(Econo closed if fan off)
MODEL NO.:
SERIAL NO.:
DATE:
TECHNICIAN:
CONTROL TYPE:
SET POINT
CONTROL SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG
SOFTWARE VERSIONS
MBB: CESR131504----_ _
ECB: CESR131249----_ _
MARQ: CESR131171----_ _
INDICATE UNIT SETTINGS BELOW
Thermostat/T55 Space Temp./T--56 Space Temp./T--58 Space Temp.
Cooling Occupied: Unoccupied:
Heating Occupied: Unoccupied:
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
DISP
METR
LANG
PROT
PSWD
TEST
UNIT
S.DLY
U.CTL
T.CTL
FN.SW
FL.SW
FS.SW
RM.SW
SAT.T
RAT.S
RH.S
RH.SW
TCS.C
TCS.H
EXPANSION RANGE
Display Configuration
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
Test Display LEDs
Off/On
0=English
1=Spanish
2=French
3=Portuguese
Disable/Enable
0000 to 9999
Off/On
Unit Configuration
Startup Delay
Unit Control Type
10 to 600
2=Thermostat
3=Space Sensor
Thermostat Control Type
Fan Status Switch
Filter Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
0=Adaptive
1=1 Stage Y1
2=2 Stage Y1
3=Digital
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
Remote Occupancy Switch 0=No Switch
SAT Settling Time
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
10 to 900
RAT Sensor Installed
RH Sensor on OAQ Input
Space Humidity Switch
Temp Cmp Strt Cool Factr
Temp Cmp Strt Heat Factr
No/Yes
No/Yes
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0 to 60
0 to 60
MODE — CONFIGURATION
UNITS DEFAULT sec sec mins mins
Off
0
30
2
0
Enable
1111
Off
0
0
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP
0
0
0
240
No
No
0: no Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
1: Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
SERVICE
CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY
CCN POINT
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
UNIT
(display only, not in table)
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
DISPTEST
STARTDLY
CTL_TYPE
STATTYPE
FANSTCFG
FILSTCFG
SHTDNCFG
REMOCCFG
SAT_SET
RAT_SENS
RH_OAQ
HUMSTCFG
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
ENTRY
75
ITEM
I.FAN
FTYP
N.AMP
N.FRQ
N.RPM
N.PWR
M.DIR
ACCL
DECL
SW.FQ
COOL
N.CIR
MRT.C
MOT.C
RST.C
C.DEC
C.INC
FOD.C
ALM.N
CA.LO
CB.LO
D.CMP
MX.SA
MX.SB
SAT
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT.U
SAT.L
SPT
CL.PD
CL.ND
C.LAG
SST
SST.O
SST.1
SST.2
SST.3
CK.DL
NSPD
OC.FN
IDF.F
FS.MX
FS.VN
FS.AQ
FS.E1
FS.CL
FS.RH
S.VFD
N.VLT
VFD1 Nominal Motor Amps
VFD1 Nominal Motor Freq
VFD1 Nominal Motor RPM
VFD1 Nominal Motor HPwr
VFD1 Motor Direction
VFD1 Acceleration Time
VFD1 Deceleration Time
VFD1 Switching Frequency
Cooling Configuration
Number of Circuits
Compressor Min On Time
Compressor Min Off Time
Runtime to Reset Strikes
Cool Stage Decrease Time
Cool Stage Increase Time
Fan---off Delay, Mech Cool
Alert Each Strike
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp
0 to 999
10 to 500
50 to 30000
0 to 500
0=FORWARD
1=REVERSE
0 to 1800
0 to 1800
0 to 3
0 to 3
120 to 999
300 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
0 to 600
No/Yes
0 to 100F
0 to 100F
Diagnose Comp Safety
Max Suction Change CirA
Max Suction Change CirB
Supply Air Temperature
No/Yes
0 to 100
0 to 100
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level 0.5 to 10
SAT Cool Demand (---) Level --- 10 to --- 0.5
Minimum SAT Upper Level 35.0 to 65.0
Minimum SAT Lower Level 35.0 to 65.0
Space Temperature
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level 0.5 to 5
SPT Cool Demand (---) Level --- 5 to --- 0.5
Cool Thermal Lag Factor 0 to 5
Low Suction Control
Suction OK Temperature
Low Suction --- Level 1
Low Suction --- Level 2
Low Suction --- Level 3
Delay On Low SST Check
10 to 50
10 to 50
5 to 50
0 to 50
0 to 300
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
UNITS DEFAULT EXPANSION RANGE
INDOOR FAN CONFIG
Indoor Fan Type
Number of Speeds
0=1--- SPEED
1=LEN VFD
2=ECM
3=DI VFD
4=AI VFD
2=TWO
3=THREE
7=SEVEN
No/Yes
No/Yes
80 to 100
Fan On When Occupied
Shut Down on IDF Failure
Supply Fan Maximum
Speed
Fan Speed --- Ventilation
Fan Speed --- IAQ Override
Fan Speed --- Free Cool Lo
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 100
Fan Speed --- Mech Cooling 60 to 100
Fan Speed --- Reheat2
SUPPLY FAN VFD CONFIG
65 to 100
VFD1 Nominal Motor Volts 0 to 999 sec sec sec sec sec sec
_
F
_
F
_ F
_
F
_ F
_
F sec
PSIG
PSIG
^F
^F
_
F
%
%
%
%
% volts amps secs secs
_
F
^F
^F
0
1: SAV option
2
18
20
15
10
0
Yes
Yes
100
67
100
67
67
100
30
30
2
208: 208/230v 1ph or 3ph
460: 460v
575: 575v
Motor Dependent
60
Motor Dependent
Motor Dependent
0
1 (03--- 07)
2 (08--- 28)
180
300
300
300
450
60
Yes
40: no FIOP Low ambient
0: FIOP
40: no FIOP Low ambient
0: FIOP
No
15
15
1
--- 1
60 (03--- 14)
58 (17--- 24)
53 (28)
35 (03--- 07)
45 (08--- 14)
48 (17--- 28)
1
--- 1
1
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
FAN_CFG
CCN POINT
FAN_TYPE
ENTRY
COOL_CFG
NUM_SPDS
OCC_FAN
FATALFAN
SPEEDMAX
FSPDVENT
FSPDAQOR
FSPDECO1
FSPDCOOL
FSPDREHT
VFD1NVLT
VFD1NAMP
VFD1NFRQ
VFD1NRPM
VFD1NPWR
VFD1MDIR
VFD1ACCL
VFD1DECL
VFD1SWFQ
NUM_CIRC
MIN_ON
MIN_OFF
MIN_ON_S
STAGEDEC
STAGEINC
COOL_FOD
ALM_NOW
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
DIAGCOMP
MAXDSSPA
MAXDSSPB
SAT_POS
SAT_NEG
SATMIN_H
SATMIN_L
DEM_POS
DEM_NEG
COOL_LAG
SSTOK
SSTLEV1
SSTLEV2
SSTLEV3
SSTCKDLY
76
N.HTR
MRT.H
MOT.H
H.DEC
H.INC
FOD.E
FOD.G
HT.LO
SAT
SAT.H
SAM.L
SAM.U
SPT
HT.PD
HT.ND
H.LAG
ECON
EC.EN
E.CTL
ITEM
HMZR
REHT
R.DEC
R.INC
RA.LO
RA.LP
RA.HP
RB.LO
RB.LP
RB.HP
HEAT
HT.TY
MP.25
MP.50
MP.75
MP.MX
EC.MX
M.ANG
EH.LO
EL.LO
DF.DB
UEFC
FC.TM
FC.LO
PE.EN
PE.1
PE.2
PE1C
PE2C
IDF.C
EN.SW
E.TRV
E.MXB
E.MXT
EXPANSION
Humidimizer Config
Humidimizer Equipped
Reheat2 Stage Decr. Time
Reheat2 Stage Incr. Time
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit A
Reheat2 OAT Limit B
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit B
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit B
Heating Configuration
Type of Heat Installed
Number of Heat Stages
Enthalpy Switch
Economizer Travel Time
Bottom Stage Max Econo
Top Stage Max Econo
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
RANGE UNITS DEFAULT
No/Yes
0 to 999
0 to 999
20 to 70
50 to 100
50 to 100
20 to 70
50 to 100
50 to 100
0=No Heat
1=Gas
2=Electric
1 to 2
Heat Minimum On Time
Heat Minimum Off Time
Heat Stage Decrease Time
Heat Stage Increase Time
Fan---off Delay, Elect Heat
Fan---off Delay, Gas Heat
Heating Lockout Temp
60 to 999
60 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
10 to 600
45 to 600
40 to 125
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Maximum SAT Lower Level
Maximum SAT Upper Level
Space Temperature
Disable/Enable
85 to 200
85 to 200
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level 0.5 to 5
SPT Heat Demand (---) Level --- 5 to --- 0.5
Heat Thermal Lag Factor
Economizer Configuration
0 to 5
Economizer Installed No/Yes
Economizer Control Type
Econ Min at 25% Fanspeed
Econ Min at 50% Fanspeed
Econ Min at 75% Fanspeed
Econ Min at Max Fanspeed
1=Dig/Position
2=Dig/Command
3=Analog Ctrl
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 100
Econo Cool Max Position
Min Actuator Ctrl Angle
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Diff Dry Bulb Control
Unoccupied Free Cooling
Free Cool PreOcc Time
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Power Exhaust Installed
0 to 100
75 to 90
40 to 100
--- 30 to 50
Disable/Enable
0=Disabled
1=Unoccpied
2=PreOccupancy
1 to 9999
--- 30 to 70
No/Yes
PE Stage1 Econo Position
PE Stage2 Econo Position
0 to 100
0 to 100
Power Exhaust Stage1 CFM 0 to 15000
Power Exhaust Stage2 CFM 0 to 15000
Indoor Fan Max Speed CFM 500 to 15000
0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
5 to 300
0 to 100
0 to 100
%
%
%
%
%
_
F
_
F
_ F
_
F
^F
^F sec sec sec sec sec sec
_
F secs secs
_ F psig psig
_ F psig psig mins
_
F
%
%
CFM
CFM
CFM secs
%
%
120
50
No: no FIOP
Yes: FIOP
40
75
800 (04--- 07)
1600 (08--- 14)
3200 (17--- 28)
0
2000 (04--- 07)
4000 (08--- 14)
8000 (17--- 28)
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP
150
50
25 (03--- 14)
0 (17--- 28)
50
80
90
40
80
90
No: no Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
Yes: Humidi--- MiZer FIOP
60
300
30
45
75
0 (50 series with no electric heat)
1 (48 series)
2 (50 series with electric heat)
2
1 (48 series Low Nox, 50 series
<15kW)
120
120
300
450
Disable
140
160
1
--- 1
1
No: no FIOP
Yes: FIOP
1
0
0
0
30
0: FIOP EnergyX
100
88
65
0
Disable
2
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
HMZR_CFG
HEAT_CFG
ECON_CFG
NUM_HEAT
HMIN_ON
HMIN_OFF
HSTAGDEC
HSTAGINC
ELEC_FOD
GAS_FOD
OATLHEAT
SAT_HEAT
SATMAX_L
SATMAX_H
HDEM_POS
HDEM_NEG
HEAT_LAG
ECONO
ECON_CTL
CCN POINT
REHEAT
RSTAGDEC
RSTAGINC
OATLRH_A
RHSSPL_A
RHSSPH_A
OATLRH_B
RHSSPL_B
RHSSPH_B
HEATTYPE
MINP_25
MINP_50
MINP_75
MINP_MAX
ECONOMAX
MINANGLE
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
DIFFBULB
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
OATLUEFC
PE_ENABL
PE1_POS
PE2_POS
PE1_CFM
PE2_CFM
IDF_CFM
ENTHLCFG
ECONOTRV
ECONMAXB
ECONMAXT
ENTRY
77
ITEM
AIR.Q
IA.CF
IA.FN
II.CF
II.FN
AQ.MN
OVR.P
OA.CF
OAQ.L
AQD.L
AQD.H
DF.ON
DF.OF
I.4M
I.20M
O.4M
O.20M
H.4M
H.20M
OAU
OA.TY
OA.FC
PE.FC
U.RUN
OAU.F
M.WHL
OA.MN
DCV.M
PEX.C
PE.OF
BP.SP
OA.TM
TM.LO
EXPANSION
Air Quality Config.
IAQ Analog Input Config
RANGE
IAQ Analog Fan Config
IAQ Switch Input Config
IAQ Switch Fan Config
Econo Min IAQ Position
0=No IAQ
1=DCV
2=Override IAQ
3=Ctrl Min Pos
0=Never
1=Occupied
2=Always
0=No IAQ
1=DCV N/O
2=DCV N/C
3=Override N/O
4=Override N/C
0=Never
1=Occupied
2=Always
0 to 100
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Analog Input Config
OAQ Lockout Limit
AQ Differential Low
AQ Differential High
Fan On AQ Differential
Fan Off AQ Differential
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA
OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
0 to 100
0=No OAQ
1=DCV
2=Lockout OAQ
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
OAQ Sensor Value at 20mA 0 to 5000
RH Sensor Value at 4mA 0 to 50
RH Sensor Value at 20mA
Outside Air Unit Config
Outdoor Air Unit Type
60 to 100
Outside Air Fan Curve
0=No OAU
1=ERV Module
2=Economizer
3=Pwr Exhaust
4=OA Monitor
5=100% OA Unit
6=EXv1 ERV
0 to 999
Exhaust Air Fan Curve 0 to 999
OAU Unoccupied Operation No/Yes
Shut Down on Fan Failure
Modulating Wheel Install
Minimum Outside Air CFM
No/Yes
No/Yes
0 to 32000
Min DCV Outside Air CFM 0 to 32000
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
UNITS DEFAULT
Power Exhaust Control
Power Exhaust CFM Offset
Building Pressure Setpnt
Outside Air Tempering
0=Offset CFM
1=BP
--- 17000 to 17000
--- 0.25 to 0.25
Disable/Enable
OA Tempring Lockout Temp 0 to 80
%
%
%
%
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP
0
0
0
10
0: FIOP EnergyX
100
0
600
100
700
600
200
0
2000
0
2000
0
100
0: no FIOP
1: FIOP EnergyX
CFM
CFM
NO
Yes
NO
375: 04
800: 05--- 06
1000: 07
2500: 08--- 12
3000: 14
4000: 17--- 20
5000: 24--- 28
100: 04
250: 05--- 06
600: 07
1000: 08--- 12
1500: 14--- 24
2000: 24--- 28
0
1: 04
2: 05--- 06
3: 07
4: 08--- 12
5: 14
6: 17--- 20
7: 24--- 28
1: 04, 1ph, and econ
2: 04, 3ph, and econ
3: 04, 1ph, and no econ
4: 04, 3ph, and no econ
5: 05--- 06 1ph
6: 05--- 06 3ph
7: 07
8: 08--- 12
9: 14
10: 17--- 20 and econ
11: 17--- 20 and no econ
12: 24--- 28
CFM --- 200 in H2O 0.05
Disable
_ F 60
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
IAQ_CFG
CCN POINT
IAQANCFG
ENTRY
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
OAU_CFG
IAQINFAN
IAQMINP
IAQOVPOS
OAQANCFG
OAQLOCK
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNON
DAQFNOFF
IAQ_4MA
IAQ_20MA
OAQ_4MA
OAQ_20MA
RH_4MA
RH_20MA
OAU_TYPE
OAFANCRV
PEFANCRV
UNOCCRUN
FATALOAU
MODWHEEL
MINOACFM
MINDCVSP
PEX_CTL
EXOFFSET
OAU_BPSP
OATEMPER
OATMPLOC
78
TRIM
SPT.C
SPT.T
SAT.C
SAT.T
RAT.C
RAT.T
CCN
CCN.A
CCN.B
BAUD
ITEM
OAU (cont)
TM.SP
OAC.K
EXC.K
OAFB
ALM.O
A.SPC
A.SRT
A.OAT
A.CMP
A.CKT
A.SSP
A.SCT
A.FAN
A.FIL
A.TST
A.ECO
A.OAU
PID
EC.P
EC.I
EC.D
EC.DT
EC.DB
LK.P
LK.I
LK.D
LK.DT
(GENERIC =
CCN only)
BROD
B.TIM
B.OAT
B.GS
B.ACK
EXPANSION RANGE
Outside Air Unit Config
OA Tempring SAT Setpoint 35 to 80
Outside Air CFM k Factor 0.8 to 1.2
Exhaust Air CFM k Factor
OAU Fan Boost Enable
Alarm Relay Config.
0.8 to 1.2
No/Yes
SPT/SPRH Sensor Failure
SAT/RAT Sensor Failure
OAT Thermistor Failure
Compressor Failure
Refrig Circuit Failure
SSP Transducer Failure
SCT Thermistor Failure
Indoor Fan Failure
Dirty Filter
Thermostat Failure
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
No/Yes
Economizer Failure
Outside Air unit Alarms
PID Configurations
Economizer PID --- kP
Economizer PID --- kI
0.00 to 99.90
0.00 to 99.90
Economizer PID --- kD
Economizer PID --- rate
0.00 to 99.90
10.00 to 180.00
Economizer PID Deadband 0 to 25
Linkage Staging PID --- kP 0.00 to 99.90
Linkage Staging PID --- kI 0.00 to 99.90
Linkage Staging PID --- kD 0.00 to 99.90
Linkage Staging PID --- rate 10.00 to 180.00
POINT 01 Definition
POINT 02 Definition
POINT 03 Definition
POINT 04 Definition
POINT 05 Definition
POINT 06 Definition
POINT 07 Definition
POINT 08 Definition
POINT 09 Definition
POINT 10 Definition
POINT 11 Definition
POINT 12 Definition
POINT 13 Definition
POINT 14 Definition
POINT 15 Definition
POINT 16 Definition
POINT 17 Definition
POINT 18 Definition
POINT 19 Definition
POINT 20 Definition
Sensor Calibration
Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp Calib.
Return Air Temp Trim
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
--- 30 to 130
--- 30 to 30
CCN Configuration
CCN Element Number
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
1 to 239
0 to 239
1=2400
2=4800
3=9600
4=19200
5=38400
CCN Broadcast Config.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast No/Yes
CCN OAT Broadcast No/Yes
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack’er
No/Yes
No/Yes
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
UNITS DEFAULT
_ F secs
% secs
_ F
^F
_
F
^F
_
F
^F
0
0
0
1
0
3
No
No
No
No
55
1
1
No
2.5
0.12
1
15
3
10
5
5
30
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CCN CONFIGURATION
48_50_HC
CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD
BRODEFS
CCNBC
OATBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
OAU_CFG
CCN POINT
ALM_CFG
PID_CFG
GENERICS
(CCN TRIM --- see
Maintenance Display)
Point_01
Point_02
Point_03
Point_04
Point_05
Point_06
Point_07
Point_08
Point_09
Point_10
Point_11
Point_12
Point_13
Point_14
Point_15
Point_16
Point_17
Point_18
Point_19
Point_20
OATMPSPT
OACFM_K
EXCFM_K
EFB_ENBL
SPACE_AL
SATRATAL
OAT_AL
COMP_AL
CKT_AL
SSP_AL
SCT_AL
FAN_AL
FILT_AL
TSTAT_AL
ECON_AL
OAU_AL
ECONO_P
ECONO_I
ECONO_D
ECONO_DT
ECONBAND
LINK_P
LINK_I
LINK_D
LINK_DT
ENTRY
79
ITEM
SCH.O
SCH.N
HOL.G
OV.TL
OV.EX
OV.SP
LDSH
S.GRP
R.MXC
S.MXC
R.MXH
S.MXH
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
DEFAULT EXPANSION RANGE
CCN Schedule Overrides
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled
0 = Always Occupied
1--- 64 = Local Schedule
65--- 99 = Global
Schedule
No/Yes
0 to 4
0 to 4
No/Yes
CCN LOADSHED CONFIG.
Loadshed Group Number 0 to 16
Redline Max Cool Stages 0 to 3
Loadshed Max Cool Stages 0 to 3
Redline Max Heat Stages 0 to 2
Loadshed Max Heat Stages 0 to 2
UNITS hours hours
0
No
4
0
Yes
0
2
2
2
2
CCN TABLE/
Sub---TABLE
SCHEDOVR
LOADSHED
CCN POINT
SCHEDNUM
ENTRY
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
TIMEOVER
SHED_NUM
MAXCREDL
MAXCSHED
MAXHREDL
MAXHSHED
80
MODEL NO.:
DATE:
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST
SERIAL NO:
TECHNICIAN:
I. PRE-START-UP:
j VERIFY THAT ALL PACKAGING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT j
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR AIR HOOD j VERIFY INSTALLATION OF FLUE EXHAUST AND INLET HOOD (48HC ONLY) j
VERIFY THAT CONDENSATE CONNECTION IS INSTALLED PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS j
VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT j VERIFY GAS PRESSURE TO UNIT GAS VALVE IS WITHIN SPECIFIED RANGE (48HC ONLY) j
CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48HC ONLY) j CHECK THAT INDOOR--AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE j CHECK THAT OUTDOOR AIR INLET SCREENS ARE IN PLACE j VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL j CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLER FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE AND VERIFY SETSCREW IS TIGHT j
VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED j VERIFY THAT SCROLL COMPRESSORS ARE ROTATING IN THE CORRECT DIRECTION j
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTAT/SPACE SENSOR j VERIFY CONFIGURATION VALUES FOR ELECTRONIC CONTROLS (REFER TO CONTROL SET UP CHECKLIST) j VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ENERGIZED FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS
II. START-UP
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE L1-L2 L2-L3 L3-L1
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR A1
— COMPRESSOR B1
ELECTRIC HEAT AMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
SUPPLY FAN AMPS
L1
L1
L1
L1
L2
L2
L2
L2
L3
L3
L3
L3
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE
COOLING SUPPLY AIR
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR (48HC )
ELECTRIC HEAT SUPPLY AIR (50HC)
F
F
F DB (Dry Bulb)
F DB
F DB
F
F
F WB (Wet Bulb)
F WB
F WB
PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE
REFRIGERANT SUCTION
STAGE NO. 1
CIRCUIT A
CIRCUIT B
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE CIRCUIT A
CIRCUIT B
IN. WG
IN. WG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
STAGE NO. 2
CIRCUIT A Superheat
CIRCUIT B Superheat
CIRCUIT A Subcooling
CIRCUIT B Subcooling j VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE USING CHARGING CHARTS
GENERAL
j ECONOMIZER MINIMUM VENT AND CHANGEOVER SETTINGS TO JOB REQUIREMENTS
IN. WG degF degF degF degF
81
82
83
Copyright 2011 Carrier Corp. S 7310 W. Morris St. S Indianapolis, IN 46231 Printed in U.S.A.
Edition Date: 12/11
Manufacturer reserves the right to change, at any time, specifications and designs without notice and without obligations.
84
Catalog No: 48---50HC---C01T
Replaces: New
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement